1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 43#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 50#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 51#include <deque> 52#include <string> 53#include <vector> 54 55namespace llvm { 56 class APSInt; 57 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 58 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 59 class SmallBitVector; 60} 61 62namespace clang { 63 class ADLResult; 64 class ASTConsumer; 65 class ASTContext; 66 class ASTMutationListener; 67 class ASTReader; 68 class ASTWriter; 69 class ArrayType; 70 class AttributeList; 71 class BlockDecl; 72 class CapturedDecl; 73 class CXXBasePath; 74 class CXXBasePaths; 75 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 76 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 77 class CXXConstructorDecl; 78 class CXXConversionDecl; 79 class CXXDestructorDecl; 80 class CXXFieldCollector; 81 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 82 class CXXMethodDecl; 83 class CXXScopeSpec; 84 class CXXTemporary; 85 class CXXTryStmt; 86 class CallExpr; 87 class ClassTemplateDecl; 88 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 89 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 90 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 91 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 92 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 93 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 94 class CodeCompletionResult; 95 class Decl; 96 class DeclAccessPair; 97 class DeclContext; 98 class DeclRefExpr; 99 class DeclaratorDecl; 100 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 101 class DependentDiagnostic; 102 class DesignatedInitExpr; 103 class Designation; 104 class EnumConstantDecl; 105 class Expr; 106 class ExtVectorType; 107 class ExternalSemaSource; 108 class FormatAttr; 109 class FriendDecl; 110 class FunctionDecl; 111 class FunctionProtoType; 112 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 113 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 114 class InitListExpr; 115 class InitializationKind; 116 class InitializationSequence; 117 class InitializedEntity; 118 class IntegerLiteral; 119 class LabelStmt; 120 class LambdaExpr; 121 class LangOptions; 122 class LocalInstantiationScope; 123 class LookupResult; 124 class MacroInfo; 125 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 126 class NamedDecl; 127 class NonNullAttr; 128 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 129 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 130 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 131 class ObjCContainerDecl; 132 class ObjCImplDecl; 133 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 134 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 135 class ObjCIvarDecl; 136 template <class T> class ObjCList; 137 class ObjCMessageExpr; 138 class ObjCMethodDecl; 139 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 140 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 141 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 142 class OMPClause; 143 class OverloadCandidateSet; 144 class OverloadExpr; 145 class ParenListExpr; 146 class ParmVarDecl; 147 class Preprocessor; 148 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 149 class PseudoObjectExpr; 150 class QualType; 151 class StandardConversionSequence; 152 class Stmt; 153 class StringLiteral; 154 class SwitchStmt; 155 class TargetAttributesSema; 156 class TemplateArgument; 157 class TemplateArgumentList; 158 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 159 class TemplateDecl; 160 class TemplateParameterList; 161 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 162 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 163 class Token; 164 class TypeAliasDecl; 165 class TypedefDecl; 166 class TypedefNameDecl; 167 class TypeLoc; 168 class UnqualifiedId; 169 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 170 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 171 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 172 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 173 class UsingDecl; 174 class UsingShadowDecl; 175 class ValueDecl; 176 class VarDecl; 177 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; 178 class VisibilityAttr; 179 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 180 class IndirectFieldDecl; 181 struct DeductionFailureInfo; 182 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; 183 184namespace sema { 185 class AccessedEntity; 186 class BlockScopeInfo; 187 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 188 class CapturingScopeInfo; 189 class CompoundScopeInfo; 190 class DelayedDiagnostic; 191 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 192 class FunctionScopeInfo; 193 class LambdaScopeInfo; 194 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 195 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 196} 197 198// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 199// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 200typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 201 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 202 203/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 204class Sema { 205 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 206 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 207 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 208 209 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 210 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 211 212 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 213 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 214 215 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 216 217 static bool 218 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 219 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 220 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 221 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 222 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 223 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 224 // with internal linkage. 225 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 226 } 227 228public: 229 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 230 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 231 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 232 233 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 234 FPOptions FPFeatures; 235 236 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 237 Preprocessor &PP; 238 ASTContext &Context; 239 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 240 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 241 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 242 243 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 244 bool CollectStats; 245 246 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 247 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 248 249 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 250 DeclContext *CurContext; 251 252 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 253 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 254 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 255 256 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 257 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 258 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 259 260 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 261 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 262 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 263 264 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 265 266 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 267 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 268 269 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 270 /// 271 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 272 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 273 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 274 275 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 276 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 277 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 278 279 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 280 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 281 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 282 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 283 284 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs 285 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not 286 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue 287 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions 288 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each 289 /// full expression. 290 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 291 292 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 293 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 294 /// 295 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 296 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 297 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 298 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 299 300 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 301 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 302 ExtVectorDeclsType; 303 304 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 305 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 306 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 307 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 308 309 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 310 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 311 312 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 313 314 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 315 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 316 317 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 318 319 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 320 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 321 /// same list more than once. 322 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 323 324 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 325 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 326 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 327 328 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 329 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 330 /// 331 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 332 /// scopes, e.g., 333 /// 334 /// \code 335 /// extern "C" void f() { 336 /// void foo(int, int); 337 /// } 338 /// \endcode 339 /// 340 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 341 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 342 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 343 /// 344 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 345 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 346 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 347 /// for compatibility. 348 /// 349 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 350 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 351 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 352 /// not visible. 353 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 354 355 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 356 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 357 358 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 359 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 360 TentativeDefinitionsType; 361 362 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 363 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 364 365 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 366 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 367 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 368 369 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 370 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 371 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 372 373 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 374 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 375 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 376 377 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 378 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 379 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 380 381 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 382 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 383 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 384 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 385 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 386 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 387 388 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 389 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 390 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 391 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 392 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 393 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 394 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 395 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 396 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 397 398 typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *> 399 LateParsedTemplateMapT; 400 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; 401 402 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 403 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); 404 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 405 void *OpaqueParser; 406 407 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 408 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 409 OpaqueParser = P; 410 } 411 412 class DelayedDiagnostics; 413 414 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 415 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 416 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 417 }; 418 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 419 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 420 421 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 422 /// during parsing and other processing. 423 class DelayedDiagnostics { 424 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 425 /// diagnostics should go. 426 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 427 428 public: 429 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 430 431 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 432 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 433 434 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 435 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 436 437 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 438 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 439 return CurPool; 440 } 441 442 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 443 /// collected in this pool. 444 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 445 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 446 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 447 CurPool = &pool; 448 return state; 449 } 450 451 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 452 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 453 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 454 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 455 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 456 } 457 458 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 459 /// not delayed. 460 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 461 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 462 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 463 CurPool = 0; 464 return state; 465 } 466 467 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 468 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 469 assert(CurPool == NULL); 470 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 471 } 472 } DelayedDiagnostics; 473 474 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 475 class ContextRAII { 476 private: 477 Sema &S; 478 DeclContext *SavedContext; 479 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 480 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 481 482 public: 483 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 484 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 485 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 486 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 487 { 488 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 489 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 490 } 491 492 void pop() { 493 if (!SavedContext) return; 494 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 495 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 496 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 497 SavedContext = 0; 498 } 499 500 ~ContextRAII() { 501 pop(); 502 } 503 }; 504 505 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 506 /// a function body. 507 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 508 Sema &S; 509 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 510 511 public: 512 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 513 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 514 { 515 S.PushFunctionScope(); 516 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 517 } 518 519 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 520 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 521 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 522 } 523 }; 524 525 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 526 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 527 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 528 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 529 530 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 531 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 532 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 533 /// in the currently selected standard. 534 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 535 536 537 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 538 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 539 540 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 541 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 542 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 543 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 544 /// It would be best to refactor this. 545 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 546 547 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 548 549 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 550 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 551 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 552 Scope *TUScope; 553 554 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 555 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 556 557 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 558 /// standard library. 559 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 560 561 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 562 /// \<initializer_list>. 563 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 564 565 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 566 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 567 568 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 569 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 570 571 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 572 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 573 574 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 575 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 576 577 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 578 QualType NSNumberPointer; 579 580 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 581 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 582 583 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 584 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 585 586 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 587 QualType NSStringPointer; 588 589 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 590 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 591 592 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 593 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 594 595 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 596 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 597 598 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 599 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 600 601 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 602 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 603 604 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 605 QualType QIDNSCopying; 606 607 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 608 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 609 610 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 611 /// have been declared. 612 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 613 614 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 615 /// references to fields. This is really a 616 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 617 618 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 619 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 620 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 621 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 622 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 623 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 624 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 625 /// run time. 626 Unevaluated, 627 628 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 629 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 630 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 631 UnevaluatedAbstract, 632 633 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 634 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 635 /// cases in a switch statement). 636 ConstantEvaluated, 637 638 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 639 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 640 /// expression at run time. 641 PotentiallyEvaluated, 642 643 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 644 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 645 /// in fact the current expression is used. 646 /// 647 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 648 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 649 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 650 /// until the default argument is used. 651 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 652 }; 653 654 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 655 /// expression evaluation contexts. 656 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 657 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 658 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 659 660 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 661 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 662 663 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 664 bool IsDecltype; 665 666 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 667 /// this expression evaluation context. 668 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 669 670 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 671 672 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 673 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 674 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 675 676 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions 677 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not 678 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. 679 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 680 681 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 682 /// and block literals within this context. 683 /// 684 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 685 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. 686 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; 687 688 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 689 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 690 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 691 692 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 693 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 694 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 695 696 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 697 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 698 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 699 Decl *ManglingContextDecl, 700 bool IsDecltype) 701 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 702 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 703 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } 704 705 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently 706 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. 707 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx); 708 709 bool isUnevaluated() const { 710 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 711 } 712 }; 713 714 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 715 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 716 717 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or 718 /// block literal. 719 /// 720 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or 721 /// block literal. 722 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl 723 /// associated with the context, if relevant. 724 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 725 const DeclContext *DC, 726 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); 727 728 729 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 730 /// function. 731 /// 732 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 733 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 734 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 735 public: 736 enum Kind { 737 NoMemberOrDeleted, 738 Ambiguous, 739 Success 740 }; 741 742 private: 743 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 744 745 public: 746 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 747 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 748 {} 749 750 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 751 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 752 753 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 754 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 755 }; 756 757 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 758 /// for C++ records. 759 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 760 761 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 762 /// 763 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 764 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 765 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 766 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 767 /// checks. 768 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 769 770 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 771 772 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 773 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 774 775 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 776 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 777 778 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 779 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 780 /// 781 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 782 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 783 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 784 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 785 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 786 787 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 788 // argument locations. 789 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 790 791 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 792 /// definition in this translation unit. 793 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 794 795 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 796 void getUndefinedButUsed( 797 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 798 799 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 800 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 801 802 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 803 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 804 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 805 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 806 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 807 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 808 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 809 810 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 811 /// of -Wselector. 812 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 813 814 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 815 enum CXXSpecialMember { 816 CXXDefaultConstructor, 817 CXXCopyConstructor, 818 CXXMoveConstructor, 819 CXXCopyAssignment, 820 CXXMoveAssignment, 821 CXXDestructor, 822 CXXInvalid 823 }; 824 825 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 826 827 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 828 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 829 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 830 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 831 832 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 833 834 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 835 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 836 837 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 838 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 839 /// should not be used elsewhere. 840 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 841 842 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 843 /// statements. 844 class FPContractStateRAII { 845 public: 846 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 847 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 848 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 849 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 850 } 851 private: 852 Sema& S; 853 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 854 }; 855 856 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 857 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 858 859public: 860 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 861 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 862 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 863 ~Sema(); 864 865 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 866 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 867 void Initialize(); 868 869 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 870 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 871 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 872 873 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 874 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 875 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 876 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 877 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 878 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 879 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 880 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 881 882 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 883 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 884 /// 885 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 886 /// 887 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 888 889 void PrintStats() const; 890 891 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 892 /// template instantiation stacks. 893 /// 894 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 895 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 896 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 897 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 898 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 899 /// well. 900 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 901 Sema &SemaRef; 902 unsigned DiagID; 903 904 public: 905 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 906 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 907 908 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 909 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 910 if (!isActive()) return; 911 912 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 913 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 914 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 915 // 916 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 917 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 918 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 919 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 920 // eliminate that code. 921 FlushCounts(); 922 Clear(); 923 924 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 925 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 926 } 927 928 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 929 template<typename T> 930 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 931 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 932 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 933 BaseDiag << Value; 934 return Diag; 935 } 936 }; 937 938 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 939 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 940 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 941 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 942 } 943 944 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 945 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 946 947 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 948 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 949 950 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 951 952 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 953 std::string 954 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; 955 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; 956 957 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 958 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 959 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 960 961 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 962 963 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 964 965 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 966 967 void PushFunctionScope(); 968 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 969 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); 970 971 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth 972 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth 973 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. 974 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); 975 976 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 977 RecordDecl *RD, 978 CapturedRegionKind K); 979 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 980 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 981 982 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 983 return FunctionScopes.back(); 984 } 985 986 template <typename ExprT> 987 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 988 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 989 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 990 } 991 992 void PushCompoundScope(); 993 void PopCompoundScope(); 994 995 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 996 997 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 998 999 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 1000 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 1001 1002 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. 1003 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 1004 1005 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. 1006 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); 1007 1008 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 1009 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 1010 1011 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 1012 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 1013 1014 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 1015 1016 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1017 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 1018 // 1019 1020 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 1021 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1022 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 1023 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1024 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 1025 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1026 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 1027 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1028 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1029 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1030 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1031 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1032 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1033 1034 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1035 1036 /// \brief Build a function type. 1037 /// 1038 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1039 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1040 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1041 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1042 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1043 /// 1044 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1045 /// 1046 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1047 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1048 /// function parameters. 1049 /// 1050 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1051 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1052 /// type that will have function type. 1053 /// 1054 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1055 /// type, if known. 1056 /// 1057 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1058 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1059 /// 1060 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1061 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1062 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1063 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1064 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1065 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1066 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1067 1068 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1069 SourceLocation Loc, 1070 DeclarationName Entity); 1071 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1072 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1073 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1074 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1075 1076 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1077 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1078 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1079 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1080 1081 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1082 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1083 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1084 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1085 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1086 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1087 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1088 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1089 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1090 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1091 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1092 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1093 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1094 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1095 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1096 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1097 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1098 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1099 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1100 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1101 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1102 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1103 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1104 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1105 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1106 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1107 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1108 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1109 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1110 1111 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1112 1113 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1114 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1115 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1116 1117 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1118 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1119 bool Suppressed; 1120 1121 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1122 1123 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1124 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1125 }; 1126 1127 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1128 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1129 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1130 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1131 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1132 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1133 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1134 return II; 1135 } 1136 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1137 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1138 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1139 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1140 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1141 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1142 1143 template<typename T1> 1144 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1145 unsigned DiagID; 1146 const T1 &Arg1; 1147 1148 public: 1149 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1150 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1151 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1152 if (Suppressed) return; 1153 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1154 } 1155 1156 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1157 }; 1158 1159 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1160 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1161 unsigned DiagID; 1162 const T1 &Arg1; 1163 const T2 &Arg2; 1164 1165 public: 1166 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1167 const T2 &Arg2) 1168 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1169 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1170 1171 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1172 if (Suppressed) return; 1173 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1174 } 1175 1176 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1177 }; 1178 1179 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1180 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1181 unsigned DiagID; 1182 const T1 &Arg1; 1183 const T2 &Arg2; 1184 const T3 &Arg3; 1185 1186 public: 1187 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1188 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1189 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1190 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1191 1192 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1193 if (Suppressed) return; 1194 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1195 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1196 } 1197 1198 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1199 }; 1200 1201private: 1202 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1203 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1204public: 1205 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1206 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1207 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1208 unsigned DiagID); 1209 1210 template<typename T1> 1211 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1212 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1213 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1214 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1215 } 1216 1217 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1218 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1219 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1220 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1221 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1222 } 1223 1224 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1225 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1226 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1227 const T3 &Arg3) { 1228 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1229 Arg3); 1230 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1231 } 1232 1233 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1234 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1235 1236 template<typename T1> 1237 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1238 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1239 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1240 } 1241 1242 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1243 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1244 const T2 &Arg2) { 1245 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1246 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1247 } 1248 1249 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1250 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1251 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1252 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1253 Arg3); 1254 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1255 } 1256 1257 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1258 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1259 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1260 1261 template<typename T1> 1262 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1263 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1264 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1265 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1266 } 1267 1268 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1269 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1270 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1271 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1272 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1273 } 1274 1275 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1276 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1277 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1278 const T3 &Arg3) { 1279 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1280 Arg3); 1281 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1282 } 1283 1284 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1285 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1286 1287 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1288 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1289 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1290 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1291 SourceLocation Loc); 1292 1293 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1294 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1295 // 1296 1297 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1298 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1299 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1300 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1301 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1302 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1303 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1304 /// such as: 1305 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1306 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1307 1308 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1309 1310 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1311 1312 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1313 1314 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1315 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1316 bool isClassName = false, 1317 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1318 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1319 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1320 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1321 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1322 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1323 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1324 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1325 SourceLocation IILoc, 1326 Scope *S, 1327 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1328 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1329 1330 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1331 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1332 enum NameClassificationKind { 1333 NC_Unknown, 1334 NC_Error, 1335 NC_Keyword, 1336 NC_Type, 1337 NC_Expression, 1338 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1339 NC_TypeTemplate, 1340 NC_VarTemplate, 1341 NC_FunctionTemplate 1342 }; 1343 1344 class NameClassification { 1345 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1346 ExprResult Expr; 1347 TemplateName Template; 1348 ParsedType Type; 1349 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1350 1351 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1352 1353 public: 1354 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1355 1356 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1357 1358 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1359 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1360 1361 static NameClassification Error() { 1362 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1363 } 1364 1365 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1366 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1367 } 1368 1369 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1370 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1371 } 1372 1373 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1374 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1375 Result.Template = Name; 1376 return Result; 1377 } 1378 1379 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1380 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); 1381 Result.Template = Name; 1382 return Result; 1383 } 1384 1385 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1386 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1387 Result.Template = Name; 1388 return Result; 1389 } 1390 1391 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1392 1393 ParsedType getType() const { 1394 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1395 return Type; 1396 } 1397 1398 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1399 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1400 return Expr; 1401 } 1402 1403 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1404 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || 1405 Kind == NC_VarTemplate); 1406 return Template; 1407 } 1408 1409 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1410 switch (Kind) { 1411 case NC_TypeTemplate: 1412 return TNK_Type_template; 1413 case NC_FunctionTemplate: 1414 return TNK_Function_template; 1415 case NC_VarTemplate: 1416 return TNK_Var_template; 1417 default: 1418 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification."); 1419 } 1420 } 1421 }; 1422 1423 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1424 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1425 /// 1426 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1427 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1428 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1429 /// 1430 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1431 /// 1432 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1433 /// 1434 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1435 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1436 /// 1437 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1438 /// 1439 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1440 /// disambiguate the name. 1441 /// 1442 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1443 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1444 /// expression. 1445 /// 1446 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1447 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1448 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1449 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1450 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1451 const Token &NextToken, 1452 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1453 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1454 1455 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1456 1457 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1458 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1459 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1460 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1461 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1462 DeclarationName Name, 1463 SourceLocation Loc); 1464 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); 1465 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1466 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1467 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1468 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1469 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1470 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1471 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1472 LookupResult &Previous); 1473 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1474 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1475 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 1476 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1477 LookupResult &Previous, 1478 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1479 bool &AddToScope); 1480 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1481 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1482 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1483 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1484 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1485 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1486 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1487 1488 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1489 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1490 LookupResult &Previous, 1491 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1492 bool &AddToScope); 1493 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1494 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1495 1496 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1497 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1498 1499 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1500 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 1501 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); 1502 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 1503 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); 1504 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1505 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1506 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1507 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1508 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1509 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); 1510 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1511 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1512 SourceLocation Loc, 1513 QualType T); 1514 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1515 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1516 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1517 StorageClass SC); 1518 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1519 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1520 Expr *defarg); 1521 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1522 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1523 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1524 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1525 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1526 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1527 1528 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1529 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1530 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1531 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1532 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1533 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1534 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1535 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1536 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1537 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1538 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 1539 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1540 1541 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1542 /// documentation comments. 1543 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1544 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1545 1546 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1547 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1548 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 1549 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = 1550 0); 1551 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1552 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1553 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1554 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1555 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1556 } 1557 1558 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1559 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1560 /// code for that function. 1561 /// 1562 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1563 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1564 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1565 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1566 1567 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1568 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1569 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1570 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1571 1572 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1573 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1574 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1575 1576 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1577 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1578 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1579 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1580 1581 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1582 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1583 /// specified threshold. 1584 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1585 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1586 QualType ReturnTy, 1587 NamedDecl *D); 1588 1589 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1590 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1591 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1592 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1593 1594 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1595 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1596 AttributeList *AttrList, 1597 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1598 1599 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1600 /// 1601 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1602 /// 1603 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1604 /// 1605 /// \param Path The module access path. 1606 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1607 ModuleIdPath Path); 1608 1609 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a 1610 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. 1611 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); 1612 1613 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1614 /// source location. 1615 /// 1616 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1617 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1618 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1619 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1620 1621 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1622 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1623 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1624 } 1625 1626 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1627 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1628 const Preprocessor &PP); 1629 1630 /// Scope actions. 1631 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1632 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1633 1634 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1635 DeclSpec &DS); 1636 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1637 DeclSpec &DS, 1638 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1639 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1640 1641 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1642 AccessSpecifier AS, 1643 RecordDecl *Record); 1644 1645 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1646 RecordDecl *Record); 1647 1648 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1649 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1650 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1651 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1652 1653 enum TagUseKind { 1654 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1655 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1656 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1657 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1658 }; 1659 1660 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1661 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1662 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1663 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1664 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1665 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1666 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1667 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1668 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1669 1670 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1671 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1672 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1673 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1674 AttributeList *Attr, 1675 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1676 1677 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1678 unsigned TagSpec, 1679 TagUseKind TUK, 1680 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1681 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1682 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1683 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1684 1685 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1686 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1687 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1688 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1689 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1690 1691 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1692 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1693 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1694 AccessSpecifier AS); 1695 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1696 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1697 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1698 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1699 AccessSpecifier AS, 1700 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1701 1702 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1703 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1704 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1705 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1706 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1707 SourceLocation TSSL, 1708 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1709 Declarator *D = 0); 1710 1711 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1712 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1713 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1714 bool Diagnose = false); 1715 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1716 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1717 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1718 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1719 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1720 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1721 1722 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1723 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1724 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1725 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1726 AttributeList *AttrList); 1727 1728 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1729 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1730 /// struct, or union). 1731 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1732 1733 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1734 1735 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1736 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1737 /// member declarations. 1738 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1739 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1740 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 1741 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1742 1743 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1744 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1745 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1746 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1747 1748 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1749 1750 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1751 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1752 /// 1753 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1754 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1755 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1756 1757 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1758 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1759 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1760 1761 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1762 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1763 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1764 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1765 Expr *val); 1766 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1767 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1768 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1769 1770 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1771 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1772 AttributeList *Attrs, 1773 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1774 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1775 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1776 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1777 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1778 1779 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1780 1781 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1782 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1783 void PopDeclContext(); 1784 1785 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1786 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1787 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1788 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1789 1790 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1791 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1792 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1793 1794 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1795 1796 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1797 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1798 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1799 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1800 1801 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1802 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1803 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1804 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1805 1806 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1807 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1808 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1809 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1810 1811 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1812 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1813 1814 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1815 /// top level scope. 1816 /// 1817 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1818 /// 1819 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1820 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1821 1822 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1823 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1824 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1825 /// 1826 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1827 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1828 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1829 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1830 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1831 1832 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1833 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1834 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1835 1836 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1837 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1838 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1839 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1840 1841 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1842 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1843 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1844 VersionTuple Introduced, 1845 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1846 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1847 bool IsUnavailable, 1848 StringRef Message, 1849 bool Override, 1850 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1851 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1852 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1853 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1854 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1855 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1856 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1857 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1858 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1859 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1860 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1861 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1862 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, 1863 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1864 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1865 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1866 1867 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1868 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1869 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1870 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1871 AMK_None, 1872 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1873 /// an exact match. 1874 AMK_Redeclaration, 1875 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1876 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1877 AMK_Override 1878 }; 1879 1880 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1881 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1882 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1883 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S, 1884 bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1885 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1886 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1887 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1888 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); 1889 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1890 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1891 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1892 1893 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1894 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1895 enum AssignmentAction { 1896 AA_Assigning, 1897 AA_Passing, 1898 AA_Returning, 1899 AA_Converting, 1900 AA_Initializing, 1901 AA_Sending, 1902 AA_Casting, 1903 AA_Passing_CFAudited 1904 }; 1905 1906 /// C++ Overloading. 1907 enum OverloadKind { 1908 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1909 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1910 Ovl_Overload, 1911 1912 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1913 /// an existing declaration. 1914 Ovl_Match, 1915 1916 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1917 /// non-function. 1918 Ovl_NonFunction 1919 }; 1920 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1921 FunctionDecl *New, 1922 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1923 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1924 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1925 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1926 1927 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1928 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1929 /// 1930 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1931 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1932 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1933 1934 ImplicitConversionSequence 1935 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1936 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1937 bool AllowExplicit, 1938 bool InOverloadResolution, 1939 bool CStyle, 1940 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1941 1942 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1943 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1944 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1945 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1946 bool InOverloadResolution, 1947 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1948 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1949 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1950 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1951 QualType &ConvertedType); 1952 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1953 QualType& ConvertedType); 1954 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1955 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1956 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1957 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1958 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1959 1960 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1961 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1962 CastKind &Kind, 1963 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1964 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1965 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1966 bool InOverloadResolution, 1967 QualType &ConvertedType); 1968 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1969 CastKind &Kind, 1970 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1971 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1972 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1973 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1974 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1975 QualType &ResultTy); 1976 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1977 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1978 1979 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1980 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1981 QualType ResultType, 1982 Expr *Value, 1983 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1984 1985 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1986 ExprResult Init); 1987 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1988 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1989 ExprResult Init, 1990 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1991 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1992 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1993 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1994 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1995 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1996 1997 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1998 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1999 2000 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 2001 enum CCEKind { 2002 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 2003 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 2004 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 2005 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 2006 }; 2007 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 2008 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 2009 2010 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 2011 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 2012 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 2013 public: 2014 bool Suppress; 2015 bool SuppressConversion; 2016 2017 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 2018 bool SuppressConversion = false) 2019 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 2020 2021 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 2022 /// for this conversion. 2023 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 2024 2025 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2026 /// integral or enumeration type. 2027 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2028 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2029 2030 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 2031 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2032 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2033 2034 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 2035 /// is explicit. 2036 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 2037 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2038 2039 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 2040 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2041 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2042 2043 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 2044 /// functions. 2045 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2046 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2047 2048 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 2049 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2050 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2051 2052 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 2053 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 2054 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 2055 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2056 2057 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 2058 }; 2059 2060 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2061 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 2062 2063 public: 2064 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2065 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2066 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2067 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2068 2069 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2070 bool match(QualType T); 2071 2072 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2073 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2074 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2075 } 2076 2077 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2078 /// integral or enumeration type. 2079 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2080 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2081 }; 2082 2083 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2084 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2085 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2086 2087 2088 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2089 OS_Array, 2090 OS_Dictionary, 2091 OS_Error 2092 }; 2093 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2094 2095 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2096 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2097 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2098 LK_Array, 2099 LK_Dictionary, 2100 LK_Numeric, 2101 LK_Boxed, 2102 LK_String, 2103 LK_Block, 2104 LK_None 2105 }; 2106 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2107 2108 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2109 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2110 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2111 NamedDecl *Member); 2112 2113 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2114 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2115 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2116 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2117 2118 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2119 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2120 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2121 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2122 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2123 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2124 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2125 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2126 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2127 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2128 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2129 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2130 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2131 QualType ObjectType, 2132 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2133 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2134 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2135 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2136 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2137 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2138 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2139 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2140 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2141 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2142 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2143 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2144 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2145 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2146 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2147 QualType ObjectType, 2148 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2149 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2150 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2151 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2152 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2153 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2154 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2155 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2156 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2157 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2158 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2159 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2160 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2161 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2162 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2163 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit = false); 2164 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2165 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2166 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2167 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2168 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2169 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit = false); 2170 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2171 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2172 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2173 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2174 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2175 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2176 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2177 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2178 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2179 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2180 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2181 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2182 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2183 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2184 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2185 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2186 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2187 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2188 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2189 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2190 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2191 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2192 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2193 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2194 2195 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2196 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2197 2198 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2199 // identified by the expression Expr 2200 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2201 2202 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2203 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2204 // R (A) --> R(A) 2205 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2206 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2207 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2208 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2209 2210 FunctionDecl * 2211 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2212 QualType TargetType, 2213 bool Complain, 2214 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2215 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2216 2217 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2218 bool Complain = false, 2219 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2220 2221 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2222 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2223 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2224 bool Complain = false, 2225 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2226 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2227 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2228 2229 2230 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2231 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2232 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2233 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2234 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2235 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2236 2237 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2238 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2239 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2240 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2241 2242 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2243 // range-based for loop. 2244 enum ForRangeStatus { 2245 FRS_Success, 2246 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2247 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2248 }; 2249 2250 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2251 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2252 enum BeginEndFunction { 2253 BEF_begin, 2254 BEF_end 2255 }; 2256 2257 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2258 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2259 VarDecl *Decl, 2260 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2261 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2262 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2263 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2264 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2265 2266 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2267 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2268 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2269 MultiExprArg Args, 2270 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2271 Expr *ExecConfig, 2272 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2273 2274 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2275 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2276 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2277 ExprResult *Result); 2278 2279 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2280 unsigned Opc, 2281 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2282 Expr *input); 2283 2284 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2285 unsigned Opc, 2286 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2287 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2288 2289 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2290 SourceLocation RLoc, 2291 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2292 2293 ExprResult 2294 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2295 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2296 MultiExprArg Args, 2297 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2298 ExprResult 2299 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2300 MultiExprArg Args, 2301 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2302 2303 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2304 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2305 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0); 2306 2307 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2308 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2309 /// that best represents the call. 2310 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2311 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2312 2313 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2314 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2315 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2316 bool CheckParameterNames); 2317 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2318 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2319 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2320 2321 /// \name Name lookup 2322 /// 2323 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2324 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2325 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2326 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2327 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2328 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2329 /// 2330 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2331 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2332 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2333 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2334 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2335 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2336 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2337 /// 2338 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2339 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2340 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2341 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2342 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2343 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2344 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2345 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2346 //@{ 2347 2348 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2349 enum LookupNameKind { 2350 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2351 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2352 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2353 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2354 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2355 /// structs, and unions. 2356 LookupTagName, 2357 /// Label name lookup. 2358 LookupLabel, 2359 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2360 /// class/struct/union members. 2361 LookupMemberName, 2362 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2363 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2364 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2365 LookupOperatorName, 2366 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2367 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2368 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2369 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2370 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2371 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2372 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2373 LookupNamespaceName, 2374 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2375 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2376 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2377 LookupUsingDeclName, 2378 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2379 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2380 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2381 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2382 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2383 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look 2384 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. 2385 LookupLocalFriendName, 2386 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2387 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2388 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2389 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2390 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2391 LookupAnyName 2392 }; 2393 2394 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2395 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2396 enum RedeclarationKind { 2397 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2398 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2399 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2400 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2401 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2402 ForRedeclaration 2403 }; 2404 2405 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2406 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2407 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2408 LOLR_Error, 2409 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2410 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2411 LOLR_Cooked, 2412 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2413 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2414 LOLR_Raw, 2415 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2416 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2417 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2418 LOLR_Template, 2419 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2420 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the 2421 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. 2422 LOLR_StringTemplate 2423 }; 2424 2425 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2426 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2427 bool ConstArg, 2428 bool VolatileArg, 2429 bool RValueThis, 2430 bool ConstThis, 2431 bool VolatileThis); 2432 2433private: 2434 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2435 2436 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2437 // 2438 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2439 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2440 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2441 2442 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2443 /// source. 2444 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2445 2446public: 2447 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2448 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2449 /// 2450 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2451 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2452 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2453 SourceLocation Loc, 2454 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2455 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2456 = NotForRedeclaration); 2457 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2458 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2459 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2460 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2461 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2462 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2463 bool EnteringContext = false); 2464 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2465 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2466 = NotForRedeclaration); 2467 2468 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2469 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2470 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2471 2472 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2473 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2474 2475 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2476 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2477 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2478 unsigned Quals); 2479 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2480 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2481 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2482 unsigned Quals); 2483 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2484 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2485 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2486 2487 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2488 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2489 bool AllowRaw, 2490 bool AllowTemplate, 2491 bool AllowStringTemplate); 2492 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2493 2494 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2495 SourceLocation Loc, 2496 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2497 ADLResult &Functions); 2498 2499 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2500 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2501 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2502 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2503 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2504 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2505 2506 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2507 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2508 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2509 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2510 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2511 bool EnteringContext = false, 2512 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0, 2513 bool RecordFailure = true); 2514 2515 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, 2516 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, 2517 bool ErrorRecovery = true); 2518 2519 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, 2520 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, 2521 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, 2522 bool ErrorRecovery = true); 2523 2524 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2525 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2526 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2527 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2528 2529 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2530 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2531 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2532 2533 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2534 //@} 2535 2536 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2537 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2538 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2539 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2540 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2541 SourceLocation Loc); 2542 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2543 Scope *S); 2544 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2545 2546 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2547 2548 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2549 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2550 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); 2551 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2552 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2553 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2554 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2555 2556 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2557 2558 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2559 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2560 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2561 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2562 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, 2563 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str, 2564 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = 0); 2565 2566 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2567 2568 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it 2569 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from 2570 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. 2571 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic); 2572 2573 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. 2574 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. 2575 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; 2576 2577 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2578 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2579 SourceRange Range); 2580 2581 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2582 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2583 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2584 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2585 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2586 2587 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2588 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2589 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2590 2591 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2592 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2593 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2594 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2595 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2596 2597 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2598 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2599 2600 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2601 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2602 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2603 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2604 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2605 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2606 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2607 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2608 2609 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2610 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2611 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2612 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2613 SourceLocation Loc); 2614 2615 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2616 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2617 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2618 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2619 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2620 2621 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2622 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2623 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2624 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2625 2626 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2627 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2628 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2629 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2630 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2631 2632 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2633 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2634 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2635 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2636 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2637 2638 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2639 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2640 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2641 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2642 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2643 2644 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which 2645 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. 2646 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S); 2647 2648 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and 2649 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. 2650 /// It also returns ivar's property on success. 2651 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2652 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; 2653 2654 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2655 /// class extensions. 2656 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2657 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2658 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2659 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2660 Selector GetterSel, 2661 Selector SetterSel, 2662 const bool isAssign, 2663 const bool isReadWrite, 2664 const unsigned Attributes, 2665 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2666 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2667 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2668 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2669 2670 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2671 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2672 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2673 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2674 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2675 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2676 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2677 Selector GetterSel, 2678 Selector SetterSel, 2679 const bool isAssign, 2680 const bool isReadWrite, 2681 const unsigned Attributes, 2682 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2683 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2684 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2685 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2686 2687 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2688 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2689 /// setter or getter. 2690 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2691 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2692 2693 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2694 2695 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2696 2697 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2698 MMS_loose, 2699 MMS_strict 2700 }; 2701 2702 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2703 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2704 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2705 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2706 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2707 2708 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2709 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2710 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2711 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2712 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2713 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2714 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2715 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2716 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2717 bool ImmediateClass, 2718 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2719 2720 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2721 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2722 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2723 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2724 2725 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2726 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2727 2728private: 2729 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2730 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2731 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2732 2733 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2734 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2735 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2736 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2737 bool warn, bool instance); 2738 2739 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. 2740 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, 2741 bool RecordFailure = true, 2742 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false) { 2743 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup) 2744 (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo]; 2745 if (RecordFailure) 2746 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); 2747 return TypoCorrection(); 2748 } 2749 2750public: 2751 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2752 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2753 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2754 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2755 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2756 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2757 } 2758 2759 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2760 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2761 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2762 } 2763 2764 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2765 /// pool. 2766 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2767 2768 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2769 /// there are multiple signatures. 2770 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2771 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2772 bool warn=true) { 2773 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2774 warn, /*instance*/true); 2775 } 2776 2777 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2778 /// there are multiple signatures. 2779 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2780 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2781 bool warn=true) { 2782 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2783 warn, /*instance*/false); 2784 } 2785 2786 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 2787 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 2788 2789 /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of 2790 /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which 2791 /// have mismathched types. 2792 void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(); 2793 2794 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2795 /// implementation. 2796 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2797 2798 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2799 /// initialization. 2800 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2801 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2802 2803 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2804 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2805public: 2806 class FullExprArg { 2807 public: 2808 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2809 2810 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2811 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2812 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2813 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2814 2815 ExprResult release() { 2816 return E; 2817 } 2818 2819 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2820 2821 Expr *operator->() { 2822 return E; 2823 } 2824 2825 private: 2826 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2827 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2828 friend class Sema; 2829 2830 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2831 2832 Expr *E; 2833 }; 2834 2835 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2836 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2837 } 2838 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2839 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2840 } 2841 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2842 ExprResult FE = 2843 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2844 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2845 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2846 } 2847 2848 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2849 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2850 2851 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2852 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2853 2854 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2855 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2856 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2857 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); 2858 2859 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2860 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2861 public: 2862 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2863 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2864 } 2865 2866 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2867 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2868 } 2869 2870 private: 2871 Sema &S; 2872 }; 2873 2874 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2875 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2876 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2877 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2878 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2879 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2880 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2881 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2882 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2883 2884 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2885 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2886 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2887 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2888 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2889 2890 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2891 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2892 Stmt *SubStmt); 2893 2894 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2895 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2896 Stmt *ThenVal, 2897 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2898 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2899 Expr *Cond, 2900 Decl *CondVar); 2901 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2902 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2903 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2904 FullExprArg Cond, 2905 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2906 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2907 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2908 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2909 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2910 2911 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2912 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2913 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2914 Decl *SecondVar, 2915 FullExprArg Third, 2916 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2917 Stmt *Body); 2918 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2919 Expr *collection); 2920 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2921 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2922 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2923 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2924 2925 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2926 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2927 BFRK_Build, 2928 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2929 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2930 BFRK_Rebuild, 2931 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2932 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2933 BFRK_Check 2934 }; 2935 2936 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2937 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2938 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2939 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2940 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2941 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2942 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2943 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2944 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2945 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2946 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2947 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2948 2949 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2950 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2951 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2952 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2953 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2954 Expr *DestExp); 2955 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2956 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2957 2958 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2959 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2960 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2961 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2962 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2963 SourceLocation Loc, 2964 unsigned NumParams); 2965 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2966 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2967 2968 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2969 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2970 2971 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2972 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2973 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2974 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2975 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2976 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2977 2978 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2979 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2980 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2981 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2982 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2983 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2984 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2985 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2986 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2987 StringRef AsmString, 2988 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2989 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2990 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2991 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2992 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2993 2994 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2995 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2996 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2997 bool Invalid = false); 2998 2999 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3000 3001 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 3002 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 3003 3004 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 3005 3006 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 3007 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 3008 3009 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 3010 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 3011 Scope *CurScope); 3012 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 3013 Expr *operand); 3014 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 3015 Expr *SynchExpr, 3016 Stmt *SynchBody); 3017 3018 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 3019 3020 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3021 SourceLocation StartLoc, 3022 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3023 IdentifierInfo *Id); 3024 3025 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3026 3027 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 3028 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 3029 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 3030 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); 3031 3032 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 3033 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 3034 Stmt *Handler); 3035 3036 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 3037 Expr *FilterExpr, 3038 Stmt *Block); 3039 3040 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 3041 Stmt *Block); 3042 3043 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 3044 3045 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 3046 3047 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 3048 /// of it. 3049 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 3050 3051 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 3052 /// whose result is unused, warn. 3053 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 3054 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 3055 3056 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 3057 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 3058 /// 3059 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 3060 /// if (condition); 3061 /// do_stuff(); 3062 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3063 const Stmt *Body, 3064 unsigned DiagID); 3065 3066 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 3067 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 3068 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 3069 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 3070 3071 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 3072 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 3073 } 3074 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 3075 3076 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 3077 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 3078 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 3079 } 3080 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 3081 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 3082 } 3083 3084 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 3085 3086 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 3087 SourceLocation Loc, 3088 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 3089 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 3090 3091 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 3092 3093 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 3094 StringRef message); 3095 3096 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3097 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 3098 3099 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 3100 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3101 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 3102 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 3103 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 3104 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3105 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 3106 SourceLocation Loc); 3107 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3108 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 3109 3110 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3111 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 3112 bool IsDecltype = false); 3113 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3114 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3115 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3116 bool IsDecltype = false); 3117 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3118 3119 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3120 3121 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3122 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3123 3124 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3125 3126 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3127 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3128 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3129 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3130 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3131 // named expressions. 3132 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3133 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3134 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3135 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3136 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3137 3138 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3139 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3140 3141 enum TryCaptureKind { 3142 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3143 }; 3144 3145 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3146 /// 3147 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3148 /// 3149 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3150 /// 3151 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3152 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3153 /// 3154 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3155 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3156 /// 3157 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3158 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3159 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3160 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3161 /// 3162 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3163 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3164 /// variable can be captured. 3165 /// 3166 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3167 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3168 /// captured. 3169 /// 3170 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index 3171 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. 3172 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture 3173 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of 3174 /// a nested generic lambda. 3175 /// 3176 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3177 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3178 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3179 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3180 QualType &CaptureType, 3181 QualType &DeclRefType, 3182 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); 3183 3184 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3185 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3186 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3187 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3188 3189 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3190 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3191 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3192 3193 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3194 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3195 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3196 3197 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3198 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3199 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3200 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3201 bool ForceComplain = false, 3202 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3203 3204 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3205 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3206 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3207 3208 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3209 /// evaluation context. 3210 /// 3211 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3212 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3213 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3214 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3215 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3216 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3217 3218 // Primary Expressions. 3219 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3220 3221 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3222 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3223 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3224 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3225 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0, 3226 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false); 3227 3228 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3229 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3230 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3231 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3232 3233 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3234 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3235 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3236 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3237 3238 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3239 IdentifierInfo *II, 3240 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3241 3242 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3243 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3244 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3245 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3246 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3247 3248 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3249 ExprValueKind VK, 3250 SourceLocation Loc, 3251 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3252 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, 3253 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3254 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, 3255 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3256 ExprResult 3257 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 3258 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3259 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3260 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3261 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none), 3262 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3263 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3264 3265 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3266 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3267 LookupResult &R, 3268 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3269 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3270 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3271 LookupResult &R, 3272 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3273 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3274 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3275 const LookupResult &R, 3276 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3277 3278 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3279 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3280 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3281 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3282 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3283 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3284 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3285 3286 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3287 LookupResult &R, 3288 bool NeedsADL); 3289 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( 3290 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, 3291 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3292 3293 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3294 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3295 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3296 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3297 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3298 3299 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, 3300 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT); 3301 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3302 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3303 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3304 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3305 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3306 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3307 SourceLocation R, 3308 MultiExprArg Val); 3309 3310 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3311 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3312 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3313 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3314 3315 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3316 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3317 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3318 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3319 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3320 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3321 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3322 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3323 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3324 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3325 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3326 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3327 3328 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3329 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3330 Expr *InputExpr); 3331 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3332 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3333 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3334 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3335 3336 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); 3337 3338 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3339 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3340 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3341 SourceRange R); 3342 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3343 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3344 ExprResult 3345 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3346 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3347 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3348 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3349 3350 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3351 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3352 3353 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3354 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3355 SourceRange ExprRange, 3356 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3357 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3358 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3359 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3360 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3361 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3362 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3363 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3364 3365 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3366 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3367 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3368 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3369 3370 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3371 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3372 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3373 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3374 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3375 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3376 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3377 3378 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3379 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3380 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3381 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3382 // defines a custom operator->). 3383 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3384 Scope *S; 3385 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3386 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3387 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3388 }; 3389 3390 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3391 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3392 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3393 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3394 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3395 LookupResult &R, 3396 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3397 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3398 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3399 3400 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3401 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3402 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3403 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3404 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3405 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3406 3407 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3408 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3409 const LookupResult &R); 3410 3411 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3412 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3413 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3414 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3415 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3416 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3417 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3418 3419 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3420 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3421 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3422 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3423 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3424 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3425 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3426 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3427 3428 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3429 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3430 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3431 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3432 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3433 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3434 bool ExecConfig = false); 3435 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3436 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3437 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3438 3439 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3440 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3441 /// locations. 3442 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3443 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3444 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3445 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3446 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3447 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3448 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3449 Expr *Config = 0, 3450 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3451 3452 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3453 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3454 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3455 3456 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3457 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3458 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3459 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3460 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3461 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3462 Expr *Op); 3463 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3464 3465 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3466 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3467 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3468 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3469 3470 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3471 3472 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3473 ParsedType Ty, 3474 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3475 Expr *InitExpr); 3476 3477 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3478 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3479 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3480 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3481 3482 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3483 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3484 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3485 3486 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3487 SourceLocation Loc, 3488 bool GNUSyntax, 3489 ExprResult Init); 3490 3491 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3492 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3493 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3494 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3495 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3496 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3497 3498 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3499 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3500 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3501 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3502 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3503 3504 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3505 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3506 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3507 3508 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3509 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3510 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3511 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3512 3513 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3514 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3515 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3516 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3517 union { 3518 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3519 Expr *E; 3520 } U; 3521 }; 3522 3523 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3524 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3525 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3526 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3527 unsigned NumComponents, 3528 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3529 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3530 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3531 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3532 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3533 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3534 unsigned NumComponents, 3535 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3536 3537 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3538 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3539 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3540 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3541 3542 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3543 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3544 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3545 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3546 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3547 3548 // __null 3549 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3550 3551 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3552 3553 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3554 enum IfExistsResult { 3555 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3556 IER_Exists, 3557 3558 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3559 IER_DoesNotExist, 3560 3561 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3562 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3563 IER_Dependent, 3564 3565 /// \brief An error occurred. 3566 IER_Error 3567 }; 3568 3569 IfExistsResult 3570 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3571 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3572 3573 IfExistsResult 3574 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3575 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3576 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3577 3578 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3579 bool IsIfExists, 3580 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3581 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3582 Stmt *Nested); 3583 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3584 bool IsIfExists, 3585 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3586 Stmt *Nested); 3587 3588 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3589 3590 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3591 /// started. 3592 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3593 3594 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3595 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3596 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3597 Scope *CurScope); 3598 3599 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3600 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3601 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3602 3603 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3604 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3605 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3606 Scope *CurScope); 3607 3608 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// 3609 3610 /// __builtin_convertvector(...) 3611 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3612 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3613 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3614 3615 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3616 3617 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3618 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3619 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3620 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3621 3622 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3623 3624 // Act on C++ namespaces 3625 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3626 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3627 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3628 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3629 SourceLocation LBrace, 3630 AttributeList *AttrList); 3631 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3632 3633 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3634 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3635 3636 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3637 3638 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3639 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3640 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3641 3642 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3643 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3644 /// 3645 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3646 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3647 3648 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3649 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3650 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3651 3652 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3653 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3654 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3655 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3656 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3657 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3658 AttributeList *AttrList); 3659 3660 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3661 3662 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3663 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3664 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3665 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3666 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3667 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3668 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3669 3670 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3671 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3672 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, 3673 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); 3674 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3675 NamedDecl *Target, 3676 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); 3677 3678 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3679 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3680 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3681 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3682 const LookupResult &Previous); 3683 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3684 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3685 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3686 3687 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3688 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3689 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3690 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3691 AttributeList *AttrList, 3692 bool IsInstantiation, 3693 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3694 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3695 3696 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3697 3698 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3699 AccessSpecifier AS, 3700 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3701 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3702 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3703 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3704 AttributeList *AttrList, 3705 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3706 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3707 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3708 AccessSpecifier AS, 3709 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3710 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3711 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3712 AttributeList *AttrList, 3713 TypeResult Type); 3714 3715 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3716 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3717 /// 3718 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3719 ExprResult 3720 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3721 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3722 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3723 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3724 SourceRange ParenRange); 3725 3726 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3727 // the constructor can be elidable? 3728 ExprResult 3729 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3730 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3731 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3732 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3733 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3734 3735 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3736 /// the default expr if needed. 3737 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3738 FunctionDecl *FD, 3739 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3740 3741 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3742 /// constructed variable. 3743 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3744 3745 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3746 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3747 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3748 // Pointer to allow copying 3749 Sema *Self; 3750 // We order exception specifications thus: 3751 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3752 // throw() comes next. 3753 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3754 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3755 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3756 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3757 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3758 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3759 3760 void ClearExceptions() { 3761 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3762 Exceptions.clear(); 3763 } 3764 3765 public: 3766 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3767 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3768 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3769 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3770 } 3771 3772 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3773 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3774 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3775 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3776 return ComputedEST; 3777 } 3778 3779 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3780 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3781 3782 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3783 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3784 3785 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3786 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3787 3788 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3789 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3790 3791 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3792 /// computed exception specification. 3793 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3794 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3795 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3796 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3797 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3798 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3799 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3800 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3801 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3802 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3803 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3804 tok::kw_false).take(); 3805 } 3806 } 3807 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3808 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3809 getEPI(EPI); 3810 return EPI; 3811 } 3812 }; 3813 3814 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3815 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3816 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3817 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3818 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3819 3820 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3821 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3822 /// will be const. 3823 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3824 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3825 3826 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3827 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3828 /// parameter will be const. 3829 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3830 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3831 3832 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3833 /// constructor of a class will have. 3834 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3835 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3836 3837 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3838 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3839 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3840 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3841 3842 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3843 /// destructor of a class will have. 3844 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3845 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3846 3847 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3848 /// constructor of a class will have. 3849 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3850 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3851 3852 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3853 /// special member function. 3854 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3855 3856 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3857 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3858 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3859 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3860 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3861 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3862 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3863 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3864 3865 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3866 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3867 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3868 bool Diagnose = false); 3869 3870 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3871 /// 3872 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3873 /// default constructor will be added. 3874 /// 3875 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3876 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3877 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3878 3879 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3880 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3881 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3882 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3883 3884 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3885 /// 3886 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3887 /// destructor will be added. 3888 /// 3889 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3890 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3891 3892 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3893 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3894 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3895 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3896 3897 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3898 /// 3899 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3900 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3901 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3902 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3903 3904 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3905 /// 3906 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3907 /// constructors will be added. 3908 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3909 3910 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3911 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3912 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3913 3914 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3915 /// 3916 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3917 /// copy constructor will be added. 3918 /// 3919 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3920 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3921 3922 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3923 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3924 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3925 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3926 3927 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3928 /// 3929 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3930 /// move constructor will be added. 3931 /// 3932 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3933 /// declared. 3934 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3935 3936 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3937 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3938 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3939 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3940 3941 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3942 /// 3943 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3944 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3945 /// 3946 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3947 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3948 3949 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3950 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3951 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3952 3953 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3954 /// 3955 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3956 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3957 /// 3958 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3959 /// wasn't declared. 3960 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3961 3962 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3963 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3964 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3965 3966 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3967 /// class. 3968 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3969 3970 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3971 /// special member function. 3972 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3973 3974 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3975 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3976 /// 3977 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3978 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3979 3980 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3981 /// member function. 3982 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3983 3984 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3985 /// static member function. 3986 /// 3987 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3988 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3989 3990 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3991 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3992 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3993 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3994 3995 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3996 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3997 SourceLocation Loc, 3998 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3999 bool AllowExplicit = false, 4000 bool IsListInitialization = false); 4001 4002 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4003 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4004 IdentifierInfo &Name); 4005 4006 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4007 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4008 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4009 ParsedType ObjectType, 4010 bool EnteringContext); 4011 4012 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 4013 4014 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 4015 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 4016 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 4017 4018 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 4019 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4020 tok::TokenKind Kind, 4021 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 4022 Declarator &D, 4023 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 4024 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4025 Expr *E, 4026 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4027 4028 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4029 tok::TokenKind Kind, 4030 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 4031 Expr *E, 4032 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 4033 SourceRange Parens); 4034 4035 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 4036 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4037 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 4038 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4039 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 4040 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4041 Expr *Operand, 4042 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4043 4044 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 4045 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4046 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 4047 void *TyOrExpr, 4048 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4049 4050 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 4051 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4052 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 4053 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4054 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 4055 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4056 Expr *Operand, 4057 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4058 4059 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 4060 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4061 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 4062 void *TyOrExpr, 4063 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4064 4065 4066 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 4067 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 4068 4069 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 4070 /// 4071 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 4072 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 4073 4074 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 4075 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 4076 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 4077 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 4078 4079 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 4080 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 4081 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 4082 Sema &S; 4083 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 4084 bool Enabled; 4085 4086 public: 4087 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 4088 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 4089 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 4090 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 4091 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 4092 bool Enabled = true); 4093 4094 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 4095 }; 4096 4097 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 4098 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 4099 /// 4100 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 4101 /// 4102 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 4103 /// capture list. 4104 /// 4105 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index 4106 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. 4107 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture 4108 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of 4109 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to 4110 /// a non-static member function or a static function). 4111 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. 4112 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, 4113 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, 4114 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = 0); 4115 4116 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 4117 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 4118 /// being defined. 4119 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 4120 4121 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 4122 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4123 4124 4125 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 4126 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4127 4128 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 4129 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 4130 4131 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 4132 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 4133 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 4134 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4135 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 4136 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4137 4138 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 4139 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 4140 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 4141 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 4142 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 4143 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4144 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4145 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4146 4147 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4148 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4149 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4150 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4151 4152 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4153 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4154 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4155 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4156 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4157 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4158 Expr *Initializer); 4159 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4160 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4161 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4162 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4163 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4164 QualType AllocType, 4165 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4166 Expr *ArraySize, 4167 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4168 Expr *Initializer, 4169 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4170 4171 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4172 SourceRange R); 4173 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4174 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4175 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4176 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4177 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4178 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4179 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4180 DeclContext *Ctx, 4181 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4182 bool Diagnose = true); 4183 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4184 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4185 QualType Param1, 4186 QualType Param2 = QualType(), 4187 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4188 4189 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4190 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4191 bool Diagnose = true); 4192 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4193 bool CanProvideSize, 4194 DeclarationName Name); 4195 4196 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4197 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4198 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4199 Expr *Operand); 4200 4201 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4202 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4203 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4204 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4205 4206 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4207 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4208 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4209 SourceLocation RParen); 4210 4211 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4212 /// pseudo-functions. 4213 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4214 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4215 ParsedType Ty, 4216 SourceLocation RParen); 4217 4218 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4219 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4220 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4221 SourceLocation RParen); 4222 4223 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4224 /// pseudo-functions. 4225 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4226 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4227 ParsedType LhsTy, 4228 ParsedType RhsTy, 4229 SourceLocation RParen); 4230 4231 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4232 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4233 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4234 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4235 SourceLocation RParen); 4236 4237 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4238 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4239 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4240 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4241 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4242 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4243 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4244 4245 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4246 /// pseudo-functions. 4247 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4248 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4249 ParsedType LhsTy, 4250 Expr *DimExpr, 4251 SourceLocation RParen); 4252 4253 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4254 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4255 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4256 Expr *DimExpr, 4257 SourceLocation RParen); 4258 4259 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4260 /// pseudo-functions. 4261 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4262 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4263 Expr *Queried, 4264 SourceLocation RParen); 4265 4266 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4267 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4268 Expr *Queried, 4269 SourceLocation RParen); 4270 4271 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4272 Expr *Base, 4273 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4274 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4275 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4276 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4277 4278 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4279 4280 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4281 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4282 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4283 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4284 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4285 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4286 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4287 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4288 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4289 4290 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4291 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4292 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4293 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4294 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4295 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4296 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4297 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4298 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4299 4300 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4301 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4302 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4303 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4304 const DeclSpec& DS, 4305 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4306 4307 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4308 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4309 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4310 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4311 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4312 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4313 4314 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4315 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4316 : SourceLocation()); 4317 } 4318 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4319 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4320 bool IsConstexpr = false, 4321 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false); 4322 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4323 4324 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4325 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4326 4327 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4328 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4329 bool EnteringContext = false); 4330 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4331 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4332 4333 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4334 /// 4335 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4336 /// 4337 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4338 /// 4339 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4340 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4341 /// 4342 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4343 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4344 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4345 4346 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4347 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4348 4349 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4350 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4351 IdentifierInfo &II, 4352 ParsedType ObjectType); 4353 4354 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4355 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4356 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4357 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4358 QualType ObjectType, 4359 bool EnteringContext, 4360 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4361 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4362 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4363 4364 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4365 /// 4366 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4367 /// 4368 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4369 /// 4370 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4371 /// 4372 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4373 /// 4374 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4375 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4376 /// 4377 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4378 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4379 /// 4380 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4381 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4382 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4383 /// including this new type). 4384 /// 4385 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4386 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4387 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4388 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4389 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4390 ParsedType ObjectType, 4391 bool EnteringContext, 4392 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4393 4394 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4395 4396 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4397 const DeclSpec &DS, 4398 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4399 4400 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4401 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4402 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4403 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4404 ParsedType ObjectType, 4405 bool EnteringContext); 4406 4407 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4408 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4409 /// 4410 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4411 /// 4412 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4413 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4414 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4415 /// including this new type). 4416 /// 4417 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4418 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4419 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4420 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4421 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4422 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4423 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4424 /// 4425 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4426 /// nested-name-specifier. 4427 /// 4428 /// 4429 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4430 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4431 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4432 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4433 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4434 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4435 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4436 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4437 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4438 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4439 bool EnteringContext); 4440 4441 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4442 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4443 /// nested-name-specifier. 4444 /// 4445 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4446 /// 4447 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4448 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4449 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4450 4451 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4452 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4453 /// 4454 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4455 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4456 /// 4457 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4458 /// 4459 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4460 /// of the annotation pointer. 4461 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4462 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4463 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4464 4465 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4466 4467 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4468 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4469 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4470 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4471 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4472 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4473 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4474 4475 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4476 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4477 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4478 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4479 /// defining scope. 4480 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4481 4482 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4483 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4484 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4485 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4486 /// class X. 4487 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4488 4489 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4490 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4491 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4492 4493 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4494 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4495 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4496 bool KnownDependent, 4497 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); 4498 4499 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4500 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4501 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4502 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4503 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4504 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4505 4506 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. 4507 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 4508 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4509 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4510 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4511 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, 4512 bool ExplicitParams, 4513 bool ExplicitResultType, 4514 bool Mutable); 4515 4516 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform 4517 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if 4518 /// not being used to initialize a reference. 4519 QualType performLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, 4520 bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *&Init); 4521 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's 4522 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. 4523 /// 4524 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy 4525 /// variables appropriately. 4526 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4527 QualType InitCaptureType, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4528 4529 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture. 4530 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); 4531 4532 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4533 /// given lambda. 4534 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4535 4536 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4537 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4538 4539 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4540 /// statements present in the body. 4541 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4542 4543 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4544 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4545 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4546 /// lambda. 4547 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4548 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4549 4550 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4551 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4552 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4553 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4554 4555 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4556 /// was successfully completed. 4557 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4558 Scope *CurScope, 4559 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4560 4561 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4562 /// function pointer. 4563 /// 4564 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4565 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4566 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4567 /// block pointer conversion. 4568 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4569 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4570 4571 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4572 /// block pointer. 4573 /// 4574 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4575 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4576 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4577 /// block pointer conversion. 4578 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4579 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4580 4581 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4582 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4583 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4584 Expr *Src); 4585 4586 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4587 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4588 Expr **Strings, 4589 unsigned NumStrings); 4590 4591 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4592 4593 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4594 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4595 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4596 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4597 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4598 bool Value); 4599 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4600 4601 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4602 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4603 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4604 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4605 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4606 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4607 4608 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4609 Expr *IndexExpr, 4610 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4611 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4612 4613 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4614 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4615 unsigned NumElements); 4616 4617 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4618 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4619 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4620 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4621 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4622 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4623 4624 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4625 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4626 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4627 ParsedType Ty, 4628 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4629 4630 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4631 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4632 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4633 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4634 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4635 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4636 4637 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4638 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4639 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4640 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4641 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4642 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4643 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4644 4645 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4646 // C++ Declarations 4647 // 4648 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4649 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4650 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4651 StringRef Lang, 4652 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4653 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4654 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4655 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4656 4657 4658 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4659 // C++ Classes 4660 // 4661 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4662 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4663 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); 4664 4665 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4666 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4667 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4668 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4669 4670 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4671 Declarator &D, 4672 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4673 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4674 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4675 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4676 Expr *Init); 4677 4678 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4679 Scope *S, 4680 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4681 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4682 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4683 const DeclSpec &DS, 4684 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4685 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4686 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4687 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4688 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4689 4690 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4691 Scope *S, 4692 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4693 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4694 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4695 const DeclSpec &DS, 4696 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4697 Expr *InitList, 4698 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4699 4700 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4701 Scope *S, 4702 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4703 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4704 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4705 const DeclSpec &DS, 4706 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4707 Expr *Init, 4708 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4709 4710 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4711 Expr *Init, 4712 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4713 4714 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4715 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4716 Expr *Init, 4717 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4718 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4719 4720 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4721 Expr *Init, 4722 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4723 4724 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4725 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4726 4727 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4728 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4729 4730 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4731 4732 4733 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4734 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4735 /// referenced. 4736 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4737 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4738 4739 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4740 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4741 /// first use occurred. 4742 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4743 4744 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4745 /// materialized. 4746 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4747 4748 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4749 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4750 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4751 /// by code generation). 4752 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4753 4754 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4755 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4756 4757 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4758 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4759 DynamicClassesType; 4760 4761 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4762 /// unit. 4763 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4764 4765 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4766 /// given location. 4767 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4768 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4769 4770 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4771 /// in the given class as needed. 4772 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4773 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4774 4775 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4776 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4777 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4778 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4779 4780 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4781 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4782 /// vtables. 4783 /// 4784 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4785 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4786 4787 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4788 4789 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4790 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4791 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4792 bool AnyErrors); 4793 4794 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4795 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4796 Decl *TagDecl, 4797 SourceLocation LBrac, 4798 SourceLocation RBrac, 4799 AttributeList *AttrList); 4800 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4801 4802 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4803 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4804 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4805 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4806 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4807 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4808 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4809 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4810 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, 4811 CachedTokens &Toks); 4812 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); 4813 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4814 4815 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4816 Expr *AssertExpr, 4817 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4818 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4819 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4820 Expr *AssertExpr, 4821 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4822 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4823 bool Failed); 4824 4825 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4826 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4827 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4828 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4829 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4830 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4831 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4832 4833 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4834 StorageClass& SC); 4835 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4836 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4837 StorageClass& SC); 4838 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4839 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4840 StorageClass& SC); 4841 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4842 4843 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4844 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4845 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4846 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4847 4848 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4849 // C++ Derived Classes 4850 // 4851 4852 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4853 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4854 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4855 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4856 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4857 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4858 4859 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4860 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4861 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4862 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4863 ParsedType basetype, 4864 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4865 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4866 4867 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4868 unsigned NumBases); 4869 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4870 unsigned NumBases); 4871 4872 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4873 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4874 4875 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4876 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4877 4878 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4879 4880 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4881 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4882 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4883 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4884 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4885 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4886 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4887 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4888 DeclarationName Name, 4889 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4890 4891 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4892 4893 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4894 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4895 4896 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4897 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4898 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4899 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4900 4901 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4902 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4903 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4904 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4905 4906 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4907 4908 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4909 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); 4910 4911 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4912 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4913 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4914 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4915 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4916 4917 4918 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4919 // C++ Access Control 4920 // 4921 4922 enum AccessResult { 4923 AR_accessible, 4924 AR_inaccessible, 4925 AR_dependent, 4926 AR_delayed 4927 }; 4928 4929 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4930 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4931 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4932 4933 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4934 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4935 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4936 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4937 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4938 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4939 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4940 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4941 bool Diagnose = true); 4942 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4943 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4944 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4945 AccessSpecifier Access, 4946 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4947 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4948 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4949 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4950 AccessSpecifier Access, 4951 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4952 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4953 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4954 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4955 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4956 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4957 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, 4958 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4959 DeclAccessPair Found); 4960 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4961 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4962 Expr *ArgExpr, 4963 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4964 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4965 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4966 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4967 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4968 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4969 unsigned DiagID, 4970 bool ForceCheck = false, 4971 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4972 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4973 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4974 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4975 AccessSpecifier access, 4976 QualType objectType); 4977 4978 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4979 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4980 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4981 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4982 4983 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4984 4985 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4986 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4987 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4988 4989 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4990 AbstractNone = -1, 4991 AbstractReturnType, 4992 AbstractParamType, 4993 AbstractVariableType, 4994 AbstractFieldType, 4995 AbstractIvarType, 4996 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, 4997 AbstractArrayType 4998 }; 4999 5000 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 5001 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 5002 template<typename T1> 5003 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 5004 unsigned DiagID, 5005 const T1 &Arg1) { 5006 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 5007 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 5008 } 5009 5010 template<typename T1, typename T2> 5011 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 5012 unsigned DiagID, 5013 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 5014 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 5015 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 5016 } 5017 5018 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 5019 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 5020 unsigned DiagID, 5021 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 5022 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 5023 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 5024 } 5025 5026 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 5027 5028 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 5029 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 5030 5031 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5032 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 5033 // 5034 5035 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 5036 5037 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 5038 5039 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5040 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 5041 // 5042 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 5043 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 5044 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 5045 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 5046 5047 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5048 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 5049 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 5050 5051 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 5052 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5053 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 5054 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5055 ParsedType ObjectType, 5056 bool EnteringContext, 5057 TemplateTy &Template, 5058 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 5059 5060 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 5061 SourceLocation IILoc, 5062 Scope *S, 5063 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 5064 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 5065 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 5066 5067 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 5068 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 5069 5070 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 5071 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5072 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 5073 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 5074 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 5075 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 5076 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5077 ParsedType DefaultArg); 5078 5079 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 5080 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5081 unsigned Depth, 5082 unsigned Position, 5083 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5084 Expr *DefaultArg); 5085 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 5086 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 5087 TemplateParameterList *Params, 5088 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5089 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 5090 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 5091 unsigned Depth, 5092 unsigned Position, 5093 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5094 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 5095 5096 TemplateParameterList * 5097 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 5098 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 5099 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5100 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5101 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5102 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5103 5104 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 5105 enum TemplateParamListContext { 5106 TPC_ClassTemplate, 5107 TPC_VarTemplate, 5108 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 5109 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 5110 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 5111 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 5112 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 5113 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 5114 }; 5115 5116 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 5117 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 5118 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 5119 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5120 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, 5121 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, 5122 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid); 5123 5124 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5125 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5126 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5127 AttributeList *Attr, 5128 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5129 AccessSpecifier AS, 5130 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5131 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 5132 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 5133 5134 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 5135 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 5136 5137 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 5138 5139 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 5140 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5141 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5142 5143 TypeResult 5144 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5145 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5146 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5147 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5148 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5149 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 5150 5151 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 5152 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 5153 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 5154 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 5155 SourceLocation TagLoc, 5156 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5157 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5158 TemplateTy TemplateD, 5159 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5160 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5161 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 5162 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5163 5164 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5165 Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, 5166 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5167 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); 5168 5169 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5170 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5171 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5172 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5173 5174 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5175 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5176 VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5177 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5178 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5179 5180 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5181 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5182 LookupResult &R, 5183 bool RequiresADL, 5184 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5185 5186 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5187 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5188 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5189 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5190 5191 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5192 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5193 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5194 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5195 ParsedType ObjectType, 5196 bool EnteringContext, 5197 TemplateTy &Template); 5198 5199 DeclResult 5200 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5201 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5202 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5203 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5204 TemplateTy Template, 5205 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5206 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5207 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5208 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5209 AttributeList *Attr, 5210 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5211 5212 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5213 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5214 Declarator &D); 5215 5216 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5217 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5218 Declarator &D); 5219 5220 bool 5221 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5222 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5223 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5224 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5225 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5226 bool &SuppressNew); 5227 5228 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5229 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5230 LookupResult &Previous); 5231 5232 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5233 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5234 LookupResult &Previous); 5235 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5236 5237 DeclResult 5238 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5239 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5240 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5241 unsigned TagSpec, 5242 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5243 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5244 TemplateTy Template, 5245 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5246 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5247 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5248 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5249 AttributeList *Attr); 5250 5251 DeclResult 5252 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5253 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5254 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5255 unsigned TagSpec, 5256 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5257 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5258 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5259 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5260 AttributeList *Attr); 5261 5262 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5263 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5264 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5265 Declarator &D); 5266 5267 TemplateArgumentLoc 5268 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5269 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5270 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5271 Decl *Param, 5272 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> 5273 &Converted, 5274 bool &HasDefaultArg); 5275 5276 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5277 /// argument is being checked. 5278 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5279 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5280 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5281 CTAK_Specified, 5282 5283 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5284 /// deduction. 5285 CTAK_Deduced, 5286 5287 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5288 /// via template argument deduction. 5289 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5290 }; 5291 5292 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5293 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5294 NamedDecl *Template, 5295 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5296 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5297 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5298 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5299 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5300 5301 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5302 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5303 /// 5304 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5305 /// provided. 5306 /// 5307 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5308 /// 5309 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5310 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5311 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5312 /// arguments. 5313 /// 5314 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5315 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5316 /// set of template arguments. 5317 /// 5318 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5319 /// arguments. 5320 /// 5321 /// 5322 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5323 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5324 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5325 /// 5326 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5327 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5328 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5329 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5330 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5331 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5332 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5333 5334 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5335 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5336 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5337 5338 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5339 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5340 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5341 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5342 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5343 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5344 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5345 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5346 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5347 5348 ExprResult 5349 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5350 QualType ParamType, 5351 SourceLocation Loc); 5352 ExprResult 5353 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5354 SourceLocation Loc); 5355 5356 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5357 /// for equality. 5358 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5359 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5360 /// that might be redeclarations. 5361 /// 5362 /// \code 5363 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5364 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5365 /// \endcode 5366 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5367 5368 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5369 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5370 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5371 /// 5372 /// \code 5373 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5374 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5375 /// \endcode 5376 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5377 5378 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5379 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5380 /// template parameter. 5381 /// 5382 /// \code 5383 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5384 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5385 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5386 /// \endcode 5387 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5388 }; 5389 5390 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5391 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5392 bool Complain, 5393 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5394 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5395 = SourceLocation()); 5396 5397 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5398 5399 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5400 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5401 /// 5402 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5403 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5404 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5405 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5406 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5407 TypeResult 5408 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5409 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5410 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5411 5412 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5413 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5414 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5415 /// 5416 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5417 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5418 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5419 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5420 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5421 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5422 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5423 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5424 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5425 TypeResult 5426 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5427 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5428 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5429 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5430 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5431 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5432 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5433 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5434 5435 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5436 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5437 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5438 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5439 SourceLocation IILoc); 5440 5441 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5442 SourceLocation Loc, 5443 DeclarationName Name); 5444 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5445 5446 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5447 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5448 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5449 5450 std::string 5451 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5452 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5453 5454 std::string 5455 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5456 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5457 unsigned NumArgs); 5458 5459 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5460 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5461 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5462 5463 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5464 /// being diagnosed. 5465 /// 5466 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5467 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5468 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5469 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5470 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5471 5472 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5473 UPPC_BaseType, 5474 5475 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5476 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5477 5478 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5479 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5480 5481 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5482 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5483 5484 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5485 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5486 5487 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5488 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5489 5490 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5491 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5492 5493 /// \brief A using declaration. 5494 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5495 5496 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5497 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5498 5499 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5500 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5501 5502 /// \brief An initializer. 5503 UPPC_Initializer, 5504 5505 /// \brief A default argument. 5506 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5507 5508 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5509 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5510 5511 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5512 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5513 5514 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5515 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5516 5517 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5518 UPPC_IfExists, 5519 5520 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5521 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5522 5523 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5524 UPPC_Lambda, 5525 5526 /// \brief Block expression, 5527 UPPC_Block 5528 }; 5529 5530 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5531 /// 5532 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5533 /// 5534 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5535 /// parameter packs. 5536 /// 5537 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5538 /// 5539 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5540 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5541 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5542 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5543 5544 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5545 /// diagnose the error. 5546 /// 5547 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5548 /// 5549 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5550 /// packs. 5551 /// 5552 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5553 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5554 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5555 5556 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5557 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5558 /// 5559 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5560 /// parameter packs. 5561 /// 5562 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5563 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5564 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5565 5566 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5567 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5568 /// 5569 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5570 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5571 /// 5572 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5573 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5574 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5575 5576 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5577 /// diagnose the error. 5578 /// 5579 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5580 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5581 /// 5582 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5583 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5584 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5585 5586 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5587 /// diagnose the error. 5588 /// 5589 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5590 /// 5591 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5592 /// parameter packs. 5593 /// 5594 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5595 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5596 TemplateName Template, 5597 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5598 5599 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5600 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5601 /// 5602 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5603 /// parameter packs. 5604 /// 5605 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5606 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5607 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5608 5609 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5610 /// template argument. 5611 /// 5612 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5613 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5614 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5615 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5616 5617 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5618 /// template argument. 5619 /// 5620 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5621 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5622 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5623 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5624 5625 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5626 /// type. 5627 /// 5628 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5629 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5630 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5631 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5632 5633 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5634 /// type. 5635 /// 5636 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5637 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5638 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5639 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5640 5641 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5642 /// nested-name-specifier. 5643 /// 5644 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5645 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5646 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5647 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5648 5649 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5650 /// name. 5651 /// 5652 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5653 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5654 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5655 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5656 5657 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5658 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5659 /// 5660 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5661 /// may already be invalid. 5662 /// 5663 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5664 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5665 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5666 5667 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5668 /// creates a pack expansion. 5669 /// 5670 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5671 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5672 /// 5673 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5674 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5675 5676 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5677 /// expansion. 5678 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5679 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5680 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5681 5682 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5683 /// expansion. 5684 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5685 SourceRange PatternRange, 5686 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5687 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5688 5689 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5690 /// creates a pack expansion. 5691 /// 5692 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5693 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5694 /// 5695 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5696 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5697 5698 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5699 /// creates a pack expansion. 5700 /// 5701 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5702 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5703 /// 5704 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5705 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5706 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5707 5708 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5709 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5710 /// transforming the pattern. 5711 /// 5712 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5713 /// pack expansion. 5714 /// 5715 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5716 /// the pack expansion. 5717 /// 5718 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5719 /// pattern. 5720 /// 5721 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5722 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5723 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5724 /// 5725 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5726 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5727 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5728 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5729 /// 5730 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5731 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5732 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5733 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5734 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5735 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5736 /// set this value in other cases. 5737 /// 5738 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5739 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5740 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5741 /// must be set. 5742 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5743 SourceRange PatternRange, 5744 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5745 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5746 bool &ShouldExpand, 5747 bool &RetainExpansion, 5748 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5749 5750 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5751 /// type. 5752 /// 5753 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5754 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5755 /// 5756 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5757 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5758 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5759 5760 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5761 /// parameter packs. 5762 /// 5763 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5764 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5765 /// 5766 /// \code 5767 /// void f(T...); 5768 /// \endcode 5769 /// 5770 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5771 /// a variadic function. 5772 /// 5773 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5774 /// false otherwise. 5775 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5776 5777 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 5778 /// 5779 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 5780 /// 5781 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 5782 /// 5783 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 5784 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 5785 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 5786 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 5787 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 5788 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 5789 5790 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5791 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5792 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5793 5794 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType); 5795 5796 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5797 /// 5798 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5799 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5800 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5801 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5802 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5803 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5804 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5805 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5806 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5807 TDK_Success = 0, 5808 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5809 TDK_Invalid, 5810 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5811 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5812 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5813 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5814 /// for every template parameter. 5815 TDK_Incomplete, 5816 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5817 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5818 TDK_Inconsistent, 5819 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5820 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5821 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5822 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5823 TDK_Underqualified, 5824 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5825 /// resulted in an error. 5826 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5827 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5828 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5829 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5830 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5831 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5832 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5833 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5834 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5835 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5836 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5837 /// template arguments for the given template. 5838 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5839 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5840 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5841 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5842 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5843 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5844 }; 5845 5846 TemplateDeductionResult 5847 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5848 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5849 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5850 5851 TemplateDeductionResult 5852 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5853 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5854 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5855 5856 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( 5857 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5858 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5859 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5860 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, 5861 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5862 5863 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5864 // deduction for a call. 5865 struct OriginalCallArg { 5866 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5867 unsigned ArgIdx, 5868 QualType OriginalArgType) 5869 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5870 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5871 5872 QualType OriginalParamType; 5873 unsigned ArgIdx; 5874 QualType OriginalArgType; 5875 }; 5876 5877 TemplateDeductionResult 5878 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5879 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5880 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5881 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5882 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5883 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5884 5885 TemplateDeductionResult 5886 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5887 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5888 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5889 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5890 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5891 5892 TemplateDeductionResult 5893 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5894 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5895 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5896 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5897 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5898 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5899 5900 TemplateDeductionResult 5901 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5902 QualType ToType, 5903 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5904 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5905 5906 TemplateDeductionResult 5907 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5908 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5909 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5910 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5911 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5912 5913 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto 5914 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5915 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto 5916 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, 5917 QualType Replacement); 5918 5919 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5920 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5921 DAR_Succeeded, 5922 DAR_Failed, 5923 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5924 }; 5925 5926 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5927 QualType &Result); 5928 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5929 QualType &Result); 5930 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5931 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5932 bool Diagnose = true); 5933 5934 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5935 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5936 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5937 5938 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5939 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5940 SourceLocation Loc, 5941 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5942 unsigned NumCallArguments1, 5943 unsigned NumCallArguments2); 5944 UnresolvedSetIterator 5945 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5946 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, 5947 SourceLocation Loc, 5948 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5949 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5950 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5951 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5952 5953 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5954 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5955 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5956 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5957 SourceLocation Loc); 5958 5959 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5960 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5961 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); 5962 5963 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5964 bool OnlyDeduced, 5965 unsigned Depth, 5966 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5967 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5968 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5969 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5970 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5971 } 5972 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5973 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5974 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5975 5976 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5977 // C++ Template Instantiation 5978 // 5979 5980 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5981 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5982 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5983 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5984 5985 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5986 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5987 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5988 enum InstantiationKind { 5989 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5990 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5991 TemplateInstantiation, 5992 5993 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5994 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5995 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5996 /// arguments as specified. 5997 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5998 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5999 6000 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 6001 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 6002 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 6003 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 6004 6005 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 6006 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 6007 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 6008 6009 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 6010 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 6011 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 6012 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 6013 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 6014 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 6015 6016 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 6017 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 6018 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 6019 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 6020 6021 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 6022 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 6023 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 6024 6025 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 6026 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 6027 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 6028 } Kind; 6029 6030 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 6031 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 6032 6033 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 6034 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 6035 /// arguments. 6036 NamedDecl *Template; 6037 6038 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 6039 Decl *Entity; 6040 6041 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 6042 /// are not part of the entity. 6043 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 6044 6045 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 6046 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 6047 6048 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 6049 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 6050 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 6051 6052 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 6053 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 6054 /// template instantiation. 6055 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 6056 6057 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 6058 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 6059 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 6060 6061 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 6062 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 6063 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 6064 6065 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 6066 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 6067 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 6068 return false; 6069 6070 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 6071 return false; 6072 6073 switch (X.Kind) { 6074 case TemplateInstantiation: 6075 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 6076 return true; 6077 6078 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6079 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 6080 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 6081 6082 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 6083 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6084 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6085 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 6086 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 6087 6088 } 6089 6090 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 6091 } 6092 6093 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 6094 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 6095 return !(X == Y); 6096 } 6097 }; 6098 6099 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 6100 /// 6101 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 6102 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 6103 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 6104 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 6105 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 6106 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 6107 6108 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template 6109 /// instantiation. Computed lazily. 6110 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules; 6111 6112 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup 6113 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use 6114 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. 6115 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; 6116 6117 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during 6118 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a 6119 /// template defined within it. 6120 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); 6121 6122 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 6123 /// template instantiation. 6124 /// 6125 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 6126 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 6127 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6128 6129 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 6130 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 6131 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 6132 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 6133 6134 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 6135 /// error or warning was produced. 6136 /// 6137 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 6138 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 6139 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 6140 /// to implement it anywhere else. 6141 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 6142 6143 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 6144 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 6145 /// 6146 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 6147 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 6148 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 6149 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 6150 6151 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 6152 /// within a \c Sema object. 6153 /// 6154 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 6155 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 6156 Sema &Self; 6157 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 6158 6159 public: 6160 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 6161 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 6162 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 6163 } 6164 6165 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 6166 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 6167 } 6168 }; 6169 6170 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 6171 6172 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 6173 /// 6174 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 6175 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 6176 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 6177 6178 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 6179 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 6180 /// deduction. 6181 /// 6182 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 6183 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 6184 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; 6185 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; 6186 6187 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 6188 /// instantiation. 6189 /// 6190 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 6191 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 6192 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 6193 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 6194 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 6195 /// 6196 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 6197 /// the stack. 6198 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 6199 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 6200 /// function template, or a member thereof. 6201 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6202 Decl *Entity, 6203 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6204 6205 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 6206 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 6207 /// of a function template. 6208 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6209 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 6210 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6211 6212 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6213 /// template-id. 6214 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6215 TemplateDecl *Template, 6216 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6217 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6218 6219 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6220 /// template-id. 6221 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6222 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6223 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6224 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6225 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6226 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6227 6228 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6229 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6230 /// specialization. 6231 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6232 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6233 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6234 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6235 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6236 6237 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6238 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial 6239 /// specialization. 6240 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6241 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6242 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6243 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6244 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6245 6246 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6247 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6248 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6249 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6250 6251 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6252 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6253 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6254 NamedDecl *Template, 6255 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6256 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6257 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6258 6259 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6260 NamedDecl *Template, 6261 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6262 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6263 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6264 6265 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6266 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6267 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6268 TemplateDecl *Template, 6269 NamedDecl *Param, 6270 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6271 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6272 6273 6274 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6275 void Clear(); 6276 6277 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6278 6279 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6280 /// recursive template instantiations. 6281 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } 6282 6283 private: 6284 Sema &SemaRef; 6285 bool Invalid; 6286 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6287 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6288 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6289 6290 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6291 6292 InstantiatingTemplate& 6293 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6294 }; 6295 6296 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6297 6298 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6299 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6300 /// errors. 6301 /// 6302 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6303 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6304 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6305 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6306 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6307 6308 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6309 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6310 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6311 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6312 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6313 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6314 } 6315 6316 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6317 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6318 /// deduction. 6319 class SFINAETrap { 6320 Sema &SemaRef; 6321 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6322 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6323 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6324 6325 public: 6326 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6327 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6328 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6329 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6330 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6331 { 6332 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6333 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6334 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6335 } 6336 6337 ~SFINAETrap() { 6338 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6339 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6340 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6341 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6342 } 6343 6344 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6345 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6346 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6347 } 6348 }; 6349 6350 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional 6351 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so 6352 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within 6353 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. 6354 class TentativeAnalysisScope { 6355 Sema &SemaRef; 6356 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. 6357 SFINAETrap Trap; 6358 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; 6359 public: 6360 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) 6361 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), 6362 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { 6363 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6364 } 6365 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { 6366 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; 6367 } 6368 }; 6369 6370 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6371 /// variables. 6372 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6373 6374 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is 6375 /// disabled. 6376 bool DisableTypoCorrection; 6377 6378 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6379 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6380 6381 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6382 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6383 6384 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6385 /// name lookup. 6386 /// 6387 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6388 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6389 /// string represents a keyword. 6390 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6391 6392 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; 6393 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; 6394 6395 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and 6396 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a 6397 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. 6398 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; 6399 6400 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6401 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6402 6403 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6404 /// 6405 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6406 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6407 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6408 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6409 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6410 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6411 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6412 6413 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6414 /// but have not yet been performed. 6415 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6416 6417 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6418 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6419 /// 6420 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6421 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6422 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6423 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6424 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6425 6426 class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII { 6427 public: 6428 SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 6429 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( 6430 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); 6431 } 6432 6433 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() { 6434 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && 6435 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations"); 6436 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( 6437 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); 6438 } 6439 6440 private: 6441 Sema &S; 6442 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> 6443 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6444 }; 6445 6446 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6447 6448 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6449 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6450 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6451 6452 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6453 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6454 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6455 6456 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6457 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6458 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6459 6460 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6461 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6462 SourceLocation Loc, 6463 DeclarationName Entity, 6464 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6465 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6466 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6467 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6468 int indexAdjustment, 6469 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6470 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6471 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6472 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6473 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6474 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6475 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6476 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6477 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6478 6479 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6480 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6481 /// 6482 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6483 /// 6484 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6485 /// 6486 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6487 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6488 /// 6489 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6490 /// 6491 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6492 /// 6493 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6494 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6495 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6496 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6497 6498 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6499 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6500 6501 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6502 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6503 6504 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6505 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6506 bool CXXDirectInit); 6507 6508 bool 6509 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6510 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6511 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6512 6513 bool 6514 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6515 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6516 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6517 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6518 bool Complain = true); 6519 6520 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6521 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6522 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6523 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6524 6525 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6526 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6527 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6528 Decl *NewDecl; 6529 6530 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6531 Decl *D) 6532 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6533 { } 6534 }; 6535 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6536 6537 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6538 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6539 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6540 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6541 6542 bool 6543 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6544 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6545 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6546 bool Complain = true); 6547 6548 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6549 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6550 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6551 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6552 6553 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6554 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6555 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6556 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6557 6558 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6559 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6560 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6561 6562 DeclarationNameInfo 6563 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6564 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6565 TemplateName 6566 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6567 SourceLocation Loc, 6568 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6569 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6570 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6571 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6572 6573 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6574 FunctionDecl *Function); 6575 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6576 FunctionDecl *Function, 6577 bool Recursive = false, 6578 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6579 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( 6580 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, 6581 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, 6582 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, 6583 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 6584 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, 6585 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6586 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0); 6587 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( 6588 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, 6589 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6590 void 6591 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, 6592 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6593 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, 6594 DeclContext *Owner, 6595 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, 6596 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false); 6597 void InstantiateVariableInitializer( 6598 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, 6599 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6600 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6601 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, 6602 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6603 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6604 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6605 VarDecl *Var, 6606 bool Recursive = false, 6607 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6608 6609 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6610 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6611 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6612 6613 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6614 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6615 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6616 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6617 6618 // Objective-C declarations. 6619 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6620 OCK_None = -1, 6621 OCK_Interface = 0, 6622 OCK_Protocol, 6623 OCK_Category, 6624 OCK_ClassExtension, 6625 OCK_Implementation, 6626 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6627 }; 6628 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6629 6630 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6631 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6632 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6633 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6634 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6635 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6636 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6637 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6638 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6639 AttributeList *AttrList); 6640 6641 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, 6642 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6643 SourceLocation SuperLoc); 6644 6645 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6646 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6647 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6648 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6649 6650 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6651 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6652 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6653 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6654 6655 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6656 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6657 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6658 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6659 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6660 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6661 AttributeList *AttrList); 6662 6663 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6664 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6665 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6666 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6667 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6668 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6669 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6670 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6671 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6672 6673 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6674 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6675 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6676 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6677 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6678 6679 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6680 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6681 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6682 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6683 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6684 6685 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6686 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6687 6688 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6689 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6690 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6691 unsigned NumElts); 6692 6693 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6694 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6695 unsigned NumElts, 6696 AttributeList *attrList); 6697 6698 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6699 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6700 unsigned NumProtocols, 6701 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6702 6703 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6704 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6705 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6706 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6707 SourceLocation Loc, 6708 unsigned &Attributes, 6709 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6710 6711 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6712 /// setters and getters as needed. 6713 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6714 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6715 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6716 /// in class extension. 6717 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6718 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6719 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6720 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6721 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6722 6723 6724 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6725 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6726 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 6727 bool OverridingProtocolProperty); 6728 6729 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6730 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6731 6732 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6733 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, 6734 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); 6735 6736 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6737 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6738 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6739 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6740 bool *OverridingProperty, 6741 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6742 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6743 6744 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6745 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6746 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6747 bool ImplKind, 6748 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6749 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6750 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6751 6752 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6753 OSMK_None, 6754 OSMK_Alloc, 6755 OSMK_New, 6756 OSMK_Copy, 6757 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6758 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6759 }; 6760 6761 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6762 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6763 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6764 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6765 // in this case. 6766 ParsedType Type; 6767 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6768 6769 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6770 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6771 }; 6772 6773 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6774 Scope *S, 6775 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6776 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6777 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6778 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6779 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6780 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6781 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6782 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6783 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6784 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6785 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6786 6787 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6788 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6789 bool IsInstance); 6790 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6791 bool IsInstance); 6792 6793 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6794 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6795 6796 ExprResult 6797 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6798 Expr *BaseExpr, 6799 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6800 DeclarationName MemberName, 6801 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6802 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6803 bool Super); 6804 6805 ExprResult 6806 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6807 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6808 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6809 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6810 6811 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6812 6813 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6814 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6815 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6816 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6817 ObjCSuperMessage, 6818 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6819 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6820 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6821 /// name. 6822 ObjCClassMessage 6823 }; 6824 6825 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6826 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6827 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6828 bool IsSuper, 6829 bool HasTrailingDot, 6830 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6831 6832 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6833 Selector Sel, 6834 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6835 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6836 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6837 MultiExprArg Args); 6838 6839 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6840 QualType ReceiverType, 6841 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6842 Selector Sel, 6843 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6844 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6845 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6846 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6847 MultiExprArg Args, 6848 bool isImplicit = false); 6849 6850 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6851 bool isSuperReceiver, 6852 SourceLocation Loc, 6853 Selector Sel, 6854 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6855 MultiExprArg Args); 6856 6857 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6858 ParsedType Receiver, 6859 Selector Sel, 6860 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6861 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6862 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6863 MultiExprArg Args); 6864 6865 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6866 QualType ReceiverType, 6867 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6868 Selector Sel, 6869 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6870 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6871 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6872 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6873 MultiExprArg Args, 6874 bool isImplicit = false); 6875 6876 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6877 QualType ReceiverType, 6878 SourceLocation Loc, 6879 Selector Sel, 6880 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6881 MultiExprArg Args); 6882 6883 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6884 Expr *Receiver, 6885 Selector Sel, 6886 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6887 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6888 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6889 MultiExprArg Args); 6890 6891 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6892 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6893 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6894 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6895 Expr *SubExpr); 6896 6897 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6898 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6899 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6900 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6901 ParsedType Type, 6902 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6903 Expr *SubExpr); 6904 6905 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6906 6907 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6908 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6909 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6910 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6911 6912 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6913 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6914 RTC_Compatible, 6915 RTC_Incompatible, 6916 RTC_Unknown 6917 }; 6918 6919 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6920 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6921 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6922 6923 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6924 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6925 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6926 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6927 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6928 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6929 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6930 }; 6931 6932 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6933 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6934 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6935 6936 enum PragmaPackKind { 6937 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6938 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6939 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6940 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6941 }; 6942 6943 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6944 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6945 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6946 }; 6947 6948 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6949 PCK_Unknown, 6950 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6951 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6952 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6953 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6954 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6955 }; 6956 6957 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6958 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6959 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6960 Expr *Alignment, 6961 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6962 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6963 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6964 6965 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6966 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6967 6968 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed 6969 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6970 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6971 6972 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 6973 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 6974 6975 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6976 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6977 Scope *curScope, 6978 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6979 6980 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6981 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6982 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6983 6984 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6985 SourceLocation Loc); 6986 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6987 6988 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6989 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6990 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6991 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6992 6993 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6994 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6995 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6996 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6997 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6998 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6999 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 7000 7001 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 7002 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 7003 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7004 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7005 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 7006 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 7007 7008 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 7009 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 7010 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 7011 7012 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 7013 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 7014 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 7015 7016 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 7017 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 7018 7019 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 7020 void FreePackedContext(); 7021 7022 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 7023 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 7024 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 7025 SourceLocation Loc); 7026 7027 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 7028 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 7029 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 7030 7031 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 7032 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 7033 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 7034 7035 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 7036 void FreeVisContext(); 7037 7038 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 7039 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 7040 /// the appropriate attribute. 7041 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 7042 7043 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 7044 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 7045 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 7046 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 7047 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 7048 7049 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 7050private: 7051 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; 7052 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. 7053 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); 7054 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); 7055public: 7056 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. 7057 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, 7058 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, 7059 Scope *CurScope); 7060 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block. 7061 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); 7062 7063 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 7064 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 7065 /// threadprivate'. 7066 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 7067 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 7068 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 7069 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 7070 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 7071 SourceLocation Loc, 7072 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 7073 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 7074 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 7075 SourceLocation Loc, 7076 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 7077 7078 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, 7079 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7080 Stmt *AStmt, 7081 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7082 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7083 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing 7084 /// of the associated statement. 7085 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7086 Stmt *AStmt, 7087 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7088 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7089 7090 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 7091 unsigned Argument, 7092 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, 7093 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7094 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7095 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7096 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. 7097 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, 7098 SourceLocation KindLoc, 7099 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7100 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7101 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7102 7103 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 7104 ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, 7105 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7106 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7107 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7108 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. 7109 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 7110 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7111 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7112 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7113 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. 7114 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 7115 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7116 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7117 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7118 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. 7119 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 7120 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7121 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7122 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7123 7124 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 7125 enum CheckedConversionKind { 7126 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 7127 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 7128 /// \brief A C-style cast. 7129 CCK_CStyleCast, 7130 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 7131 CCK_FunctionalCast, 7132 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 7133 CCK_OtherCast 7134 }; 7135 7136 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 7137 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 7138 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 7139 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 7140 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 7141 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 7142 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7143 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7144 7145 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 7146 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 7147 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 7148 7149 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 7150 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 7151 /// required. 7152 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 7153 7154 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 7155 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 7156 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 7157 7158 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 7159 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 7160 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 7161 7162 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 7163 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 7164 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 7165 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 7166 7167 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 7168 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 7169 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 7170 // type. 7171 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 7172 7173 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 7174 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 7175 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 7176 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 7177 7178 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 7179 enum VariadicCallType { 7180 VariadicFunction, 7181 VariadicBlock, 7182 VariadicMethod, 7183 VariadicConstructor, 7184 VariadicDoesNotApply 7185 }; 7186 7187 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7188 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7189 Expr *Fn); 7190 7191 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 7192 // vararg function. 7193 enum VarArgKind { 7194 VAK_Valid, 7195 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 7196 VAK_Undefined, 7197 VAK_Invalid 7198 }; 7199 7200 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 7201 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 7202 7203 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 7204 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. 7205 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 7206 7207 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 7208 /// form of call prototypes. 7209 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 7210 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7211 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7212 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 7213 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 7214 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, 7215 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 7216 bool AllowExplicit = false, 7217 bool IsListInitialization = false); 7218 7219 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 7220 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 7221 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 7222 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 7223 7224 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 7225 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 7226 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 7227 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 7228 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 7229 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7230 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7231 7232 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 7233 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 7234 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 7235 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 7236 /// source and destination type. 7237 enum AssignConvertType { 7238 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 7239 Compatible, 7240 7241 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 7242 /// accept as an extension. 7243 PointerToInt, 7244 7245 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 7246 /// accept as an extension. 7247 IntToPointer, 7248 7249 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 7250 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 7251 FunctionVoidPointer, 7252 7253 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 7254 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 7255 IncompatiblePointer, 7256 7257 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 7258 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 7259 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 7260 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 7261 IncompatiblePointerSign, 7262 7263 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 7264 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 7265 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7266 7267 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 7268 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 7269 /// like address spaces. 7270 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7271 7272 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 7273 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 7274 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 7275 /// extension. 7276 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 7277 7278 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 7279 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 7280 IncompatibleVectors, 7281 7282 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 7283 /// pointer. We disallow this. 7284 IntToBlockPointer, 7285 7286 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 7287 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 7288 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 7289 7290 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 7291 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 7292 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 7293 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 7294 7295 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 7296 /// object with __weak qualifier. 7297 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 7298 7299 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 7300 /// represent it in the AST. 7301 Incompatible 7302 }; 7303 7304 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 7305 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 7306 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 7307 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 7308 SourceLocation Loc, 7309 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7310 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 7311 bool *Complained = 0); 7312 7313 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 7314 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 7315 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7316 Expr *SrcExpr); 7317 7318 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 7319 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 7320 /// C99 6.5.16. 7321 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 7322 QualType LHSType, 7323 QualType RHSType); 7324 7325 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 7326 /// RHS to the LHS type. 7327 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7328 ExprResult &RHS, 7329 CastKind &Kind); 7330 7331 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 7332 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 7333 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 7334 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7335 ExprResult &RHS, 7336 bool Diagnose = true, 7337 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7338 7339 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 7340 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 7341 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 7342 ExprResult &RHS); 7343 7344 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7345 7346 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7347 7348 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7349 AssignmentAction Action, 7350 bool AllowExplicit = false); 7351 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7352 AssignmentAction Action, 7353 bool AllowExplicit, 7354 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 7355 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7356 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 7357 AssignmentAction Action, 7358 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7359 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7360 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7361 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 7362 AssignmentAction Action, 7363 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7364 7365 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 7366 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 7367 7368 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 7369 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 7370 ExprResult &RHS); 7371 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 7372 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 7373 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 7374 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7375 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 7376 bool IsDivide); 7377 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7378 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7379 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7380 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7381 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7382 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7383 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7384 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7385 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7386 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 7387 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7388 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7389 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7390 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7391 bool isRelational); 7392 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7393 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7394 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7395 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7396 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7397 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7398 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7399 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7400 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7401 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7402 7403 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7404 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7405 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7406 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7407 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7408 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7409 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7410 7411 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7412 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7413 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7414 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7415 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7416 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7417 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7418 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7419 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7420 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7421 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7422 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7423 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7424 NonStandardCompositeType); 7425 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7426 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7427 return Composite; 7428 } 7429 7430 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7431 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7432 7433 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7434 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7435 7436 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7437 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7438 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7439 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7440 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7441 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7442 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7443 SourceLocation Loc); 7444 7445 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7446 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7447 7448 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7449 7450 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7451 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7452 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7453 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7454 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7455 /// reference binding is not possible. 7456 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7457 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7458 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7459 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7460 Ref_Related, 7461 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7462 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7463 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7464 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7465 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7466 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7467 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7468 Ref_Compatible 7469 }; 7470 7471 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7472 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7473 bool &DerivedToBase, 7474 bool &ObjCConversion, 7475 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7476 7477 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7478 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7479 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7480 7481 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7482 /// given type. 7483 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7484 7485 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7486 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7487 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7488 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7489 7490 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7491 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7492 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7493 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7494 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7495 CastKind &Kind); 7496 7497 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7498 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7499 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7500 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7501 // returns the cast expr 7502 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7503 CastKind &Kind); 7504 7505 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7506 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7507 Expr *CastExpr, 7508 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7509 7510 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7511 7512 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7513 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7514 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7515 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7516 CheckedConversionKind CCK, 7517 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7518 7519 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7520 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7521 7522 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7523 QualType ExprType); 7524 7525 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7526 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7527 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7528 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7529 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7530 7531 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7532 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7533 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7534 7535 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7536 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7537 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7538 7539 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7540 /// \param Method - May be null. 7541 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7542 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7543 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7544 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7545 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7546 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7547 bool isSuperMessage, 7548 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7549 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7550 7551 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7552 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7553 /// and the form of the message send. 7554 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7555 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7556 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7557 7558 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7559 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7560 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7561 7562 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7563 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7564 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7565 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7566 7567 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7568 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7569 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7570 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7571 /// 7572 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7573 /// 'if' keyword. 7574 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7575 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7576 7577 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7578 Expr *SubExpr); 7579 7580 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7581 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7582 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7583 7584 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7585 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7586 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7587 7588 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7589 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7590 7591 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7592 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7593 /// the specified diagnostic. 7594 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7595 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7596 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7597 7598 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7599 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7600 /// in the global scope. 7601 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7602 7603 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7604 /// expression violations. 7605 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7606 public: 7607 bool Suppress; 7608 7609 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7610 7611 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7612 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7613 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7614 }; 7615 7616 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7617 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7618 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7619 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7620 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7621 bool AllowFold = true); 7622 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7623 unsigned DiagID, 7624 bool AllowFold = true); 7625 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7626 7627 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7628 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7629 /// Returns false on success. 7630 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7631 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7632 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 7633 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7634 7635 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7636 CFT_Device, 7637 CFT_Global, 7638 CFT_Host, 7639 CFT_HostDevice 7640 }; 7641 7642 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7643 7644 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7645 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7646 7647 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7648 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7649 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7650 } 7651 7652 /// \name Code completion 7653 //@{ 7654 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7655 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7656 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7657 PCC_Namespace, 7658 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7659 PCC_Class, 7660 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7661 /// or category. 7662 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7663 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7664 /// category implementation 7665 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7666 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7667 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7668 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7669 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7670 /// headers. 7671 PCC_Template, 7672 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7673 /// headers within a class. 7674 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7675 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7676 PCC_Expression, 7677 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7678 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7679 PCC_Statement, 7680 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7681 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7682 PCC_ForInit, 7683 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7684 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7685 PCC_Condition, 7686 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7687 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7688 /// in the grammar. 7689 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7690 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7691 PCC_Type, 7692 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7693 /// might also be a type cast. 7694 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7695 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7696 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7697 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7698 }; 7699 7700 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7701 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7702 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7703 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7704 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7705 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7706 7707 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7708 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7709 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7710 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7711 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7712 bool IsArrow); 7713 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7714 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7715 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7716 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7717 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7718 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7719 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7720 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7721 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7722 7723 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7724 bool EnteringContext); 7725 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7726 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7727 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7728 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7729 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7730 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 7731 Decl *Constructor, 7732 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 7733 7734 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7735 bool AfterAmpersand); 7736 7737 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7738 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7739 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7740 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7741 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7742 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7743 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7744 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7745 bool IsParameter); 7746 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7747 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7748 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7749 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7750 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7751 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7752 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7753 bool IsSuper = false); 7754 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7755 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7756 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7757 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7758 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7759 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7760 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7761 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7762 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7763 unsigned NumProtocols); 7764 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7765 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7766 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7767 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7768 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7769 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7770 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7771 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7772 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7773 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7774 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7775 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7776 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7777 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7778 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7779 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7780 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7781 ParsedType ReturnType); 7782 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7783 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7784 bool AtParameterName, 7785 ParsedType ReturnType, 7786 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7787 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7788 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7789 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7790 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7791 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7792 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7793 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7794 unsigned Argument); 7795 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7796 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7797 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7798 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7799 //@} 7800 7801 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7802 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7803 7804public: 7805 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7806 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7807 7808private: 7809 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7810 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7811 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7812 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7813 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7814 // FunctionDeclaration. 7815 struct FormatStringInfo { 7816 unsigned FormatIdx; 7817 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7818 bool HasVAListArg; 7819 }; 7820 7821 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7822 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7823 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7824 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7825 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7826 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7827 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7828 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7829 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7830 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7831 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7832 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7833 SourceLocation Loc); 7834 7835 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7836 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7837 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7838 VariadicCallType CallType); 7839 7840 7841 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7842 7843 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7844 7845 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7846 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7847 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7848 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7849 7850 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7851 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7852 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7853 7854public: 7855 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7856 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7857 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7858 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 7859 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7860 7861private: 7862 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7863 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7864 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7865 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7866 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7867 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7868 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7869 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7870 7871public: 7872 enum FormatStringType { 7873 FST_Scanf, 7874 FST_Printf, 7875 FST_NSString, 7876 FST_Strftime, 7877 FST_Strfmon, 7878 FST_Kprintf, 7879 FST_Unknown 7880 }; 7881 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7882 7883 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7884 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7885 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7886 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7887 VariadicCallType CallType, 7888 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7889 7890private: 7891 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7892 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7893 bool IsCXXMember, 7894 VariadicCallType CallType, 7895 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7896 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7897 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7898 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7899 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7900 VariadicCallType CallType, 7901 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, 7902 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7903 7904 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7905 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7906 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7907 7908 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7909 unsigned BId, 7910 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7911 7912 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7913 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7914 7915 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7916 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7917 7918 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7919 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7920 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7921 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7922 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7923 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7924 7925 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7926 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7927 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7928 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7929 7930 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7931 Expr *Init); 7932 7933public: 7934 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7935 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7936 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7937 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7938 7939 struct TypeTagData { 7940 TypeTagData() {} 7941 7942 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7943 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7944 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7945 {} 7946 7947 QualType Type; 7948 7949 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7950 /// layout-compatibility. 7951 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7952 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7953 }; 7954 7955 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7956 /// identifies the magic value. 7957 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7958 7959private: 7960 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7961 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7962 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7963 7964 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7965 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7966 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7967 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7968 7969 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7970 /// 7971 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7972 Scope *CurScope; 7973 7974 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7975 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 7976 7977protected: 7978 friend class Parser; 7979 friend class InitializationSequence; 7980 friend class ASTReader; 7981 friend class ASTWriter; 7982 7983public: 7984 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7985 /// 7986 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7987 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7988 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7989 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7990 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7991 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7992 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7993 7994 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7995 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 7996 7997 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7998 7999 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 8000 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 8001 } 8002 8003 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 8004 8005 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 8006 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 8007 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 8008 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 8009 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 8010 return DC; 8011 } 8012}; 8013 8014/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 8015class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 8016 Sema &Actions; 8017 8018public: 8019 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 8020 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 8021 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 8022 bool IsDecltype = false) 8023 : Actions(Actions) { 8024 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 8025 IsDecltype); 8026 } 8027 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 8028 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 8029 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 8030 bool IsDecltype = false) 8031 : Actions(Actions) { 8032 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 8033 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 8034 IsDecltype); 8035 } 8036 8037 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 8038 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 8039 } 8040}; 8041 8042DeductionFailureInfo 8043MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, 8044 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 8045 8046/// \brief Contains a late templated function. 8047/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. 8048struct LateParsedTemplate { 8049 CachedTokens Toks; 8050 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed. 8051 Decl *D; 8052}; 8053 8054} // end namespace clang 8055 8056#endif 8057